Թագաւորութիւններ Ա / 1 Samuel - 13 |

Text:
< PreviousԹագաւորութիւններ Ա - 13 1 Samuel - 13Next >


jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Those that desired a king like all the nations fancied that, when they had one, they should look very great and considerable; but in this chapter we find it proved much otherwise. While Samuel was joined in commission with Saul things went well, ch. xi. 7. But, now that Saul began to reign alone, all went to decay, and Samuel's words began to be fulfilled: "You shall be consumed, both you and your king;" for never was the state of Israel further gone in a consumption than in this chapter. I. Saul appears here a very silly prince. 1. Infatuated in his counsels, ver. 1-3. 2. Invaded by his neighbours, ver. 4, 5. 3. Deserted by his soldiers, ver. 6, 7. 4. Disordered in his own spirit, and sacrificing in confusion, ver. 8-10. 5. Chidden by Samuel, ver. 11-13. 6. Rejected of God from being king, ver. 14. II. The people appear hear a very miserable people. 1. Disheartened and dispersed, ver. 6, 7. 2. Diminished, ver. 15, 16. 3. Plundered, ver. 17, 18. 4. Disarmed, ver. 19-23. This they got by casting off God's government, and making themselves like the nations: all their glory departed from them.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
Saul chooses a body of troops, Sa1 13:1, Sa1 13:2. Jonathan smites a garrison of the Philistines, Sa1 13:3, Sa1 13:4. The Philistines gather together an immense host against Israel, Sa1 13:5. The Israelites are afraid; and some hide themselves in caves, and others flee over Jordan, Sa1 13:6, Sa1 13:7. Samuel delaying his coming, Saul offers sacrifice, Sa1 13:8, Sa1 13:9. Samuel comes and reproves him, and Saul excuses himself, Sa1 13:10-12. Samuel shows him that God has rejected him from being captain over his people, Sa1 13:13, Sa1 13:14. Samuel departs; and Saul and Jonathan, with six hundred men abide in Gibeah, Sa1 13:15, Sa1 13:16. The Philistines send out foraging companies, and waste the land, Sa1 13:17, Sa1 13:18. Desolate state of the Israelitish army, having no weapons of defense against their enemies, Sa1 13:19-23.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:1
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Sa1 13:1, Saul's select band; Sa1 13:3, He calls the Hebrews to Gilgal against the Philistines, whose garrison Jonathan had smitten; Sa1 13:5, The Philistines' great host; Sa1 13:6, The distress of the Israelites; Sa1 13:8, Saul, weary of staying for Samuel, sacrifices; Sa1 13:11, Samuel reproves him; Sa1 13:17, The three spoiling bands of the Philistines; Sa1 13:19, The policy of the Philistines, to suffer no smith in Israel.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

The history of the reign of Saul commences with this chapter;
(Note: The connection of 1Kings 13:8-11 of this chapter with 1Kings 10:8 is adduced in support of the hypothesis that 1 Samuel 13 forms a direct continuation of the account that was broken off in 1Kings 10:16. This connection must be admitted; but it by no means follows that in the source from which the books before us were derived, 1 Samuel 13 was directly attached to 1Kings 8:16, and that Samuel intended to introduce Saul publicly as king here in Gilgal immediately before the attack upon the Philistines, to consecrate him by the solemn presentation of sacrifices, and to connect with this the religious consecration of the approaching campaign. For there is not a word about any such intention in the chapter before us or in 1Kings 10:8, nor even the slightest hint at it. Thenius has founded this view of his upon his erroneous interpretation of ירדתּ in 1Kings 10:8 as an imperative, as if Samuel intended to command Saul to go to Gilgal immediately after the occurrence of the signs mentioned in 1Kings 10:2.: a view which is at variance with the instructions given to him, to do what his hand should find after the occurrence of those signs. To this we may also add the following objections: How is it conceivable that Saul, who concealed his anointing even from his own family after his return from Samuel to Gibeah (1Kings 10:16), should have immediately after chosen 3000 men of Israel to begin the war against the Philistines? How did Saul attain to any such distinction, that at his summons all Israel gathered round him as their king, even before he had been publicly proclaimed king in the presence of the people, and before he had secured the confidence of the people by any kingly heroic deed? The fact of his having met with a band of prophets, and even prophesied in his native town of Gibeah after his departure from Samuel, and that this had become a proverb, is by no means enough to explain the enterprises described in 1Kings 8:1-7, which so absolutely demand the incidents that occurred in the meantime as recorded in 1 Samuel 10:17-12:25 even to make them intelligible, that any writing in which 1Kings 13:2. following directly upon 1Kings 10:16 would necessarily be regarded as utterly faulty. This fact, which I have already adduced in my examination of the hypothesis defended by Thenius in my Introduction to the Old Testament (p. 168), retains its force undiminished, even though, after a renewed investigation of the question, I have given up the supposed connection between 1Kings 10:8 and the proclamation mentioned in 1Kings 11:14., which I defended there.)
and according to the standing custom in the history of the kings, it opens with a statement of the age of the king when he began to reign, and the number of years that his reign lasted. If, for example, we compare the form and contents of this verse with 2Kings 2:10; 2Kings 5:4; 3Kings 14:21; 3Kings 22:42; 4Kings 8:26, and other passages, where the age is given at which Ishbosheth, David, and many of the kings of Judah began to reign, and also the number of years that their reign lasted, there can be no doubt that our verse was also intended to give the same account concerning Saul, and therefore that every attempt to connect this verse with the one which follows is opposed to the uniform historical usage. Moreover, even if, as a matter of necessity, the second clause of _1Kings 13:1 could be combined with 1Kings 13:2 in the following manner: He was two years king over Israel, then Saul chose 3000 men, etc.; the first half of the verse would give no reasonable sense, according to the Masoretic text that has come down to us. בּמלכו שׁאוּל בּן־שׁנה cannot possibly be rendered "jam per annum regnaverat Saul," "Saul had been king for a year," or "Saul reigned one year," but can only mean "Saul was a year old when he became king." This is the way in which the words have been correctly rendered by the Sept. and Jerome; and so also in the Chaldee paraphrase ("Saul was an innocent child when he began to reign") this is the way in which the text has been understood.
Tit is true that this statement as to his age is obviously false; but all that follows from that is, that there is an error in the text, namely, that between בּן and שׁנה the age has fallen out, - a thing which could easily take place, as there are many traces to show that originally the numbers were not written in words, but only in letters that were used as numerals. This gap in the text is older than the Septuagint version, as our present text is given there. There is, it is true, an anonymus in the hexapla, in which we find the reading υἱὸς τριάκοντα ἐτῶν Σαούλ; but this is certainly not according to ancient MSS, but simply according to a private conjecture, and that an incorrect one. For since Saul already had a son, Jonathan, who commanded a division of the army in the very first years of his reign, and therefore must have been at least twenty years of age, if not older, Saul himself cannot have been less than forty years old when he began to reign. Moreover, in the second half of the verse also, the number given is evidently a wrong one, and the text therefore equally corrupt; for the rendering "when he had reigned two years over Israel" is opposed both by the parallel passages already quoted, and also by the introduction of the name Saul as the subject in 1Kings 13:2, which shows very clearly that 1Kings 13:2 commences a fresh sentence, and is not merely the apodosis to 1Kings 13:1. But Saul's reign must have lasted longer than two years, even if, in opposition to all analogies to be found elsewhere, we should understand the two years as merely denoting the length of his reign up to the time of his rejection (1 Samuel 15), and not till the time of his death. Even then he reigned longer than that; for he could not possibly have carried on all the wars mentioned in 1Kings 14:47, with Moab, Ammon, Edom, the kings of Zobah and the Philistines, in the space of two years. Consequently a numeral, say כ, twenty, must also have dropped out before שׁנים שׁתּי (two years); since there are cogent reasons for assuming that his reign lasted as long as twenty or twenty-two years, reckoning to the time of his death. We have given the reasons themselves in connection with the chronology of the period of the judges (pp. 206f.).
(Note: The traditional account that Saul reigned forty years (Acts 13:24, and Josephus, Ant. vi. 14, 9) is supposed to have arisen, according to the conjecture of Thenius (on 2Kings 2:10), from the fact that his son Ishbosheth was forty years old when he began to reign, and the notion that as he is not mentioned among the sons of Saul in 1Kings 14:49, he must have been born after the commencement of Saul's own reign. This conjecture is certainly a probable one; but it is much more natural to assume that as David and Solomon reigned forty years, it arose from the desire to make Saul's reign equal to theirs.)
Geneva 1599
Saul reigned (a) one year; and when he had reigned (b) two years over Israel,
(a) While these things were done.
(b) Before he took upon himself the state of a king.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO FIRST SAMUEL 13
This chapter relates how Saul disposed of his army, 1Kings 13:1 that Jonathan his son smote a garrison of Philistines, which provoked them to come out with a large army against them, to the great terror of the Israelites, many of whom fled to secret places, and to distant parts, 1Kings 13:3, that Saul tarried at Gilgal waiting for Samuel, but he not coming so soon as expected, offered sacrifice himself, 1Kings 13:8 for which Samuel, when he came, reproved him, and told him the kingdom should not continue with him, but be given to another man, 1Kings 13:11 on which Saul departed to Gibeah, where he continued, the Philistines being encamped at Michmash, 1Kings 13:15 from whence went out spoilers, in three companies, into the land of Israel, where they met with no opposition; for there were no weapons in the hands of any but Saul and Jonathan, the Philistines having taken care that there should be no smith in the land of Israel to make them any, so that they were defenceless, 1Kings 13:17.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
SAUL'S SELECTED BAND. (1Kings 13:1-2)
Saul reigned one year--(see Margin). The transactions recorded in the eleventh and twelfth chapters were the principal incidents comprising the first year of Saul's reign; and the events about to be described in this happened in the second year.
13:113:1: Որդի տարեւո՛ր Սաւուղ ՚ի թագաւորել իւրում, եւ երկո՛ւս ամս թագաւորեաց ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի։
1 Սաւուղը Իսրայէլում մէկ տարի թագաւորելուց յետոյ յաջորդ՝ երկրորդ տարում իսրայէլացիներից երեք հազարանոց զօրք հաւաքեց:
13 Երբ այս բաները եղան, Սաւուղ մէկ* տարուան թագաւոր էր։ Իսրայէլի վրայ երկու տարի թագաւորութիւն ըրած էր,
Որդի տարեւոր Սաւուղ ի թագաւորել իւրում, եւ երկուս ամս թագաւորեաց ի վերայ Իսրայելի:

13:1: Որդի տարեւո՛ր Սաւուղ ՚ի թագաւորել իւրում, եւ երկո՛ւս ամս թագաւորեաց ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի։
1 Սաւուղը Իսրայէլում մէկ տարի թագաւորելուց յետոյ յաջորդ՝ երկրորդ տարում իսրայէլացիներից երեք հազարանոց զօրք հաւաքեց:
13 Երբ այս բաները եղան, Սաւուղ մէկ* տարուան թագաւոր էր։ Իսրայէլի վրայ երկու տարի թագաւորութիւն ըրած էր,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:113:1 Год был по воцарении Саула, и другой год царствовал он над Израилем, как выбрал Саул себе три тысячи из Израильтян:
13:2 καὶ και and; even ἐκλέγεται εκλεγω select; choose Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul ἑαυτῷ εαυτου of himself; his own τρεῖς τρεις three χιλιάδας χιλιας thousand ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἦσαν ειμι be μετὰ μετα with; amid Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul δισχίλιοι δισχιλιοι two thousand ἐν εν in Μαχεμας μαχεμας and; even ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ὄρει ορος mountain; mount Βαιθηλ βαιθηλ thousand ἦσαν ειμι be μετὰ μετα with; amid Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν in Γαβεε γαβεε the Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the κατάλοιπον καταλοιπος left behind τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population ἐξαπέστειλεν εξαποστελλω send forth ἕκαστον εκαστος each εἰς εις into; for τὸ ο the σκήνωμα σκηνωμα camp; tent αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:1 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son שָׁנָ֖ה šānˌā שָׁנָה year שָׁא֣וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מָלְכֹ֑ו mālᵊḵˈô מלך be king וּ û וְ and שְׁתֵּ֣י šᵊttˈê שְׁנַיִם two שָׁנִ֔ים šānˈîm שָׁנָה year מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
13:1. filius unius anni Saul cum regnare coepisset duobus autem annis regnavit super IsrahelSaul was a child of one year when he began to reign, and he reigned two years over Israel.
1. Saul was years old when he began to reign; and he reigned two years over Israel.
13:1. When he began to reign, Saul was the son of one year, and he reigned over Israel for two years.
13:1. Saul reigned one year; and when he had reigned two years over Israel,
Saul reigned one year; and when he had reigned two years over Israel:

13:1 Год был по воцарении Саула, и другой год царствовал он над Израилем, как выбрал Саул себе три тысячи из Израильтян:
13:2
καὶ και and; even
ἐκλέγεται εκλεγω select; choose
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
ἑαυτῷ εαυτου of himself; his own
τρεῖς τρεις three
χιλιάδας χιλιας thousand
ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἦσαν ειμι be
μετὰ μετα with; amid
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
δισχίλιοι δισχιλιοι two thousand
ἐν εν in
Μαχεμας μαχεμας and; even
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ὄρει ορος mountain; mount
Βαιθηλ βαιθηλ thousand
ἦσαν ειμι be
μετὰ μετα with; amid
Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν in
Γαβεε γαβεε the
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
κατάλοιπον καταλοιπος left behind
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
ἐξαπέστειλεν εξαποστελλω send forth
ἕκαστον εκαστος each
εἰς εις into; for
τὸ ο the
σκήνωμα σκηνωμα camp; tent
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:1
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
שָׁנָ֖ה šānˌā שָׁנָה year
שָׁא֣וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מָלְכֹ֑ו mālᵊḵˈô מלך be king
וּ û וְ and
שְׁתֵּ֣י šᵊttˈê שְׁנַיִם two
שָׁנִ֔ים šānˈîm שָׁנָה year
מָלַ֖ךְ mālˌaḵ מלך be king
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
13:1. filius unius anni Saul cum regnare coepisset duobus autem annis regnavit super Israhel
Saul was a child of one year when he began to reign, and he reigned two years over Israel.
13:1. When he began to reign, Saul was the son of one year, and he reigned over Israel for two years.
13:1. Saul reigned one year; and when he had reigned two years over Israel,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1: Год был по воцарении Саула, и другой год царствовал он над Израилем, т. е. во второй год по воцарении Саула над Израилем.

Три тысячи израильтян - в качестве постоянного военного отряда.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
The Philistines War against Israel. B. C. 1067.

1 Saul reigned one year; and when he had reigned two years over Israel, 2 Saul chose him three thousand men of Israel; whereof two thousand were with Saul in Michmash and in mount Beth-el, and a thousand were with Jonathan in Gibeah of Benjamin: and the rest of the people he sent every man to his tent. 3 And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines that was in Geba, and the Philistines heard of it. And Saul blew the trumpet throughout all the land, saying, Let the Hebrews hear. 4 And all Israel heard say that Saul had smitten a garrison of the Philistines, and that Israel also was had in abomination with the Philistines. And the people were called together after Saul to Gilgal. 5 And the Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and people as the sand which is on the sea shore in multitude: and they came up, and pitched in Michmash, eastward from Beth-aven. 6 When the men of Israel saw that they were in a strait, (for the people were distressed,) then the people did hide themselves in caves, and in thickets, and in rocks, and in high places, and in pits. 7 And some of the Hebrews went over Jordan to the land of Gad and Gilead. As for Saul, he was yet in Gilgal, and all the people followed him trembling.
We are not told wherein it was that the people of Israel offended God, so as to forfeit his presence and turn his hand against them, as Samuel had threatened (ch. xii. 15); but doubtless they left God, else he would not have left them, as here it appears he did; for,
I. Saul was very weak and impolitic, and did not order his affairs with discretion. Saul was the son of one year (so the first words are in the original), a phrase which we make to signify the date of his reign, but ordinarily it signifies the date of one's birth, and therefore some understand it figuratively--he was as innocent and good as a child of a year old; so the Chaldee paraphrase: he was without fault, like the son of a year. But, if we admit a figurative sense, it may as well intimate that he was ignorant and imprudent, and as unfit for business as a child of a year old: and the subsequent particulars make this more accordant with his character than the former. But we take it rather, as our own translation has it, Saul reigned one year, and nothing happened that was considerable, it was a year of no action; but in his second year he did as follows:-- 1. he chose a band of 3000 men, of whom he himself commanded 2000, and his son Jonathan 1000, v. 2. The rest of the people he dismissed to their tents. If he intended these only for the guard of his person and his honorary attendants, it was impolitic to have so many, if for a standing army, in apprehension of danger from the Philistines, it was no less impolitic to have so few; and perhaps the confidence he put in this select number, and his disbanding the rest of that brave army with which he had lately beaten the Ammonites (ch. xi. 8-11), was looked upon as an affront to the kingdom, excited general disgust, and was the reason he had so few at his call when he had occasion for them. The prince that relies on a particular party weakens his own interest in the whole community. 2. He ordered his son Jonathan to surprise and destroy the garrison of the Philistines that lay near him in Geba, v. 3. I wish there were no ground for supposing that this was a violation or infraction of some articles with the Philistines, and that it was done treacherously and perfidiously. The reason why I suspect it is because it is said that, for doing it, Israel was had in abomination, or, as the word is, did stink with the Philistines (v. 4), as men void of common honesty and whose word could not be relied on. If it was so, we will lay the blame, not on Jonathan who did it, but on Saul, his prince and father, who ordered him to do it, and perhaps kept him in ignorance of the truth of the matter. Nothing makes the name of Israel odious to those that are without so much as the fraud and dishonesty of those that are called by that worthy name. If professors of religion cheat and over-reach, break their word and betray their trust, religion suffers by it, and is had in abomination with the Philistines. Whom may one trust if not an Israelite, one that, it is expected, should be without guile? 3. When he had thus exasperated the Philistines, then he began to raise forces, which, if he had acted wisely, he would have done before. When the Philistines had a vast army ready to pour in upon him, to avenge the wrong he had done them, then was he blowing the trumpet through the land, among a careless, if not a disaffected people, saying, Let the Hebrews hear (v. 3), and so as many as thought fit came to Saul to Gilgal, v. 4. But now the generality, we may suppose, drew back (either in dislike of Saul's politics or in dread of the Philistines' power), who, if he had summoned them sooner, would have been as ready at his beck as they were when he marched against the Ammonites. We often find that after-wit would have done much better before and have prevented much inconvenience.
II. Never did the Philistines appear in such a formidable body as they did now, upon this provocation which Saul gave them. We may suppose they had great assistance from their allies, for (v. 5), besides 6000 horse, which in those times, when horses were not so much used in war as they are now, was a great body, they had an incredible number of chariots, 30,000 in all: most of them, we may suppose, were carriages for the bag and baggage of so vast an army, not chariots of war. But their foot was innumerable as the sand of the sea-shore, so jealous were they for the honour of their nation and so much enraged at the baseness of the Israelites in destroying their garrison. If Saul had asked counsel of God before he had given the Philistines this provocation, he and his people might the better have borne this threatening trouble which they had now brought on themselves by their own folly.
III. Never were the people of Israel so faint-hearted, so sneaking, so very cowardly, as they were now. Some considerable numbers, it may be, came to Saul to Gilgal; but, hearing of the Philistines' numbers and preparations, their spirits sunk within them, some think because they did not find Samuel there with Saul. Those that, awhile ago, were weary of him, and wished for a king, now had small joy of their king unless they could see him under Samuel's direction. Sooner or later, men will be made to see that God and his prophets are their best friends. Now that they saw the Philistines making war upon them, and Samuel not coming in to help them, they knew not what to do; men's hearts failed them for fear. And. 1. Some absconded. Rather than run upon death among the Philistines, they buried themselves alive in caves and thickets, v. 6. See what work sin makes; it exposes men to perils, and then robs them of their courage and dispirits them. A single person, by faith, can say, I will not be afraid of 10,000 (Ps. iii. 6); but here thousands of degenerate Israelites tremble at the approach of a great crowd of Philistines. Guilt makes men cowards. 2. Others fled (v. 7): They went over Jordan to the land of Gilead, as far as they could from the danger, and to a place where they had lately been victorious over the Ammonites. Where they had triumphed they hoped to be sheltered. 3. Those that staid with Saul followed him trembling, expecting no other than to be cut off, and having their hands and hearts very much weakened by the desertion of so many of their troops. And perhaps Saul himself, though he had so much honour as to stand his ground, yet had no courage to spare wherewith to inspire his trembling soldiers.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:1: Saul reigned one year - A great deal of learned labor has been employed and lost on this verse, to reconcile it with propriety and common sense. I shall not recount the meanings put on it. I think this clause belongs to the preceding chapter, either as a part of the whole, or a chronological note added afterwards; as if the writer had said, These things (related in 1 Samuel 12:1-25) took place in the first year of Saul's reign: and then he proceeds in the next place to tell us what took place in the second year, the two most remarkable years of Saul's reign. In the first he is appointed, anointed, and twice confirmed, viz., at Mizpeh and at Gilgal; in the second, Israel is brought into the lowest state of degradation by the Philistines, Saul acts unconstitutionally, and is rejected from being king. These things were worthy of an especial chronological note.
And when he had reigned - This should begin the chapter, and be read thus: "And when Saul had reigned two years over Israel, he chose him three thousand," etc. The Septuagint has left the clause out of the text entirely, and begins the chapter thus: "And Saul chose to himself three thousand men out of the men of Israel."
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:2
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:1: The text of this verse, omitted by the Septuagint, is held to be corrupt, and the numerals denoting Saul's age at his accession as well as the duration of his reign, are thought to be omitted or faulty. Saul may have been about 30 at his accession, and have reigned some 32 years, since we know that his grandson Mephibosheth was five years old at Saul's death Sa2 4:4; and 32 added to the seven and a half years between the death of Saul and that of Ishbosheth, makes up the 40 years assigned to Saul's dynasty in Act 13:21. Neither is there any clue to the interval of time between the events recorded in the preceding chapter, and those which follow in this and succeeding chapters. But the appearance of Jonathan as a warrior Sa1 13:2 compared with the mention of Saul as "a young man" Sa1 9:2, implies an interval of not less than ten or fifteen years, perhaps more. The object of the historian is to prepare the way for the history of David's reign. He therefore passes at once to that incident in Saul's reign, which led to his rejection by God, as recorded in Sa1 13:13-14.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:1: am 2911, bc 1093, An, Ex, Is, 398
reigned one year: Heb. the son of one year in his reigning, This verse is variously interpreted; but probably it only means, according to the Hebrew idiom, that, during the first year nothing remarkable occurred; but after two years (or in the second year of his reign), the subsequent events took place. Exo 12:5; Mic 6:6 *marg.
John Gill
Saul reigned one year,.... "Or the son of a year in his reigning" (s); various are the senses given of these words: some interpret them, Saul had a son of a year old when he began to reign, Ishbosheth, and who was forty years of age when his father died, 2Kings 2:10, others, who understand the words of Saul himself, think there is an "ellipsis" or defect of the number, and that it may be supplied, that Saul was the son of thirty or forty years, or whatsoever age he may be supposed to be at when he began his reign; others take the words in a figurative sense, that he was like a child of a year old, for purity and innocence; so the Targum,"as the son of a year, in whom there are no faults, so was Saul when he reigned;''or he was but a year old, reckoning from the time he was turned into another man, and had another heart, which was immediately after he was anointed king at Ramah by Samuel; or he was but a year old with respect to his kingdom: the inauguration of a king is "natalis imperil", the birthday of his kingdom, and therefore the words are well enough rendered by us, "Saul reigned one year"; which is to be reckoned either from his unction at Ramah, or rather from his election at Mizpeh, to the renewal of the kingdom at Gilgal:
and when he had reigned two years over Israel; which the Jewish chronologers (t) make to be the whole of his reign, which is not probable, considering the many things done in his reign, the many battles he fought with all his enemies on every side of him, and his long persecution of David; and there were no less than three high priests in his reign; Josephus says (q) he reigned eighteen years in the lifetime of Samuel, and twenty two years after his death, in all forty; which agrees with Acts 13:21. Some interpret it he reigned two years well, and the rest in a tyrannical way; or that at the end of two years, when David was anointed, the kingdom was not reckoned to him, but to David; and to this purpose Dr. Lightfoot writes, that he had been king one year from his first anointing by Samuel at Ramah, to his second anointing by him at Gibeah (Gilgal I suppose he means); and he reigned after this two years more, before the Lord cast him off, and anointed David; and the time he ruled after that was not a rule, but a tyranny and persecution (r); but the sense Ben Gersom gives is best of all, that one year had passed from the time of his being anointed, to the time of the renewal of the kingdom at Gilgal; and when he had reigned two years over Israel, then he did what follows, chose 3000 men, &c. In the first year of his reign was done all that is recorded in the preceding chapter; and when he had reigned two years, not two years more, but two years in all, then he did what is related in this chapter.
(s) "filius anni Saul in regnando ipsum", Montanus. (t) Seder Olam Rabba, c. 13. p. 35. Juchasin, fol. 11. 1. (q) Antiqu. l. 6. c. 14. sect. 9. (r) Works, vol. 1. p. 55.
13:213:2: Եւ ընտրեա՛ց իւր Սաւուղ երիս հազարս՝ արս յարանցն Իսրայէլի. եւ էին ընդ նմա երկու հազարք ՚ի Մաքմաս, եւ ՚ի լերինն Բեթէլայ էին ընդ Յովնաթանու հազար ՚ի Գաբաա Բենիամինի. եւ զմնացորդս ժողովրդեանն արձակեա՛ց յիւրաքանչի՛ւր բնակութիւնս։
2 Երկու հազարն իր հետ Մաքմասում էին, Բեթէլ լերան վրայ, իսկ հազարը՝ Յովնաթանի հետ, Բենիամինի երկրի Գաբաա քաղաքում: Մնացած զինուորներին նա արձակեց, որ ամէն մէկը գնայ իր բնակութեան վայրը:
2 Երբ ան Իսրայէլէն եօթը հազար մարդ ընտրեց իրեն համար։ Երկու հազարը Սաւուղին հետ Մաքմաս ու Բեթէլի լեռն էին եւ հազարն ալ Յովնաթանին հետ Բենիամինի Գաբաան էին իսկ մնացած ժողովուրդը ամէն մարդ իր վրանը ղրկեց։
Եւ ընտրեաց իւր Սաւուղ երիս հազարս արս յարանցն Իսրայելի. եւ էին ընդ նմա երկու հազարք ի Մաքմաս եւ ի լերինն Բեթելայ, էին ընդ Յովնաթանու հազար ի Գաբաա Բենիամինի. եւ զմնացորդս ժողովրդեանն արձակեաց յիւրաքանչիւր բնակութիւնս:

13:2: Եւ ընտրեա՛ց իւր Սաւուղ երիս հազարս՝ արս յարանցն Իսրայէլի. եւ էին ընդ նմա երկու հազարք ՚ի Մաքմաս, եւ ՚ի լերինն Բեթէլայ էին ընդ Յովնաթանու հազար ՚ի Գաբաա Բենիամինի. եւ զմնացորդս ժողովրդեանն արձակեա՛ց յիւրաքանչի՛ւր բնակութիւնս։
2 Երկու հազարն իր հետ Մաքմասում էին, Բեթէլ լերան վրայ, իսկ հազարը՝ Յովնաթանի հետ, Բենիամինի երկրի Գաբաա քաղաքում: Մնացած զինուորներին նա արձակեց, որ ամէն մէկը գնայ իր բնակութեան վայրը:
2 Երբ ան Իսրայէլէն եօթը հազար մարդ ընտրեց իրեն համար։ Երկու հազարը Սաւուղին հետ Մաքմաս ու Բեթէլի լեռն էին եւ հազարն ալ Յովնաթանին հետ Բենիամինի Գաբաան էին իսկ մնացած ժողովուրդը ամէն մարդ իր վրանը ղրկեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:213:2 две тысячи были с Саулом в Михмасе и на горе Вефильской, тысяча же была с Ионафаном в Гиве Вениаминовой; а прочий народ отпустил он по домам своим.
13:3 καὶ και and; even ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν the Νασιβ νασιβ the ἀλλόφυλον αλλοφυλος foreigner τὸν ο the ἐν εν in τῷ ο the βουνῷ βουνος mound καὶ και and; even ἀκούουσιν ακουω hear οἱ ο the ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner καὶ και and; even Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul σάλπιγγι σαλπιγξ trumpet σαλπίζει σαλπιζω trumpet; sound the trumpet εἰς εις into; for πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land λέγων λεγω tell; declare ἠθετήκασιν αθετεω displace; put off οἱ ο the δοῦλοι δουλος subject
13:2 וַ wa וְ and יִּבְחַר־ yyivḥar- בחר examine לֹ֨ו lˌô לְ to שָׁא֜וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת šᵊlˈōšeṯ שָׁלֹשׁ three אֲלָפִים֮ ʔᵃlāfîm אֶלֶף thousand מִ mi מִן from יִּשְׂרָאֵל֒ yyiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וַ wa וְ and יִּהְי֨וּ yyihyˌû היה be עִם־ ʕim- עִם with שָׁא֜וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul אַלְפַּ֗יִם ʔalpˈayim אֶלֶף thousand בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִכְמָשׂ֙ miḵmˌāś מִכְמָשׂ Micmash וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in הַ֣ר hˈar הַר mountain בֵּֽית־אֵ֔ל bˈêṯ-ʔˈēl בֵּית אֵל Bethel וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶ֗לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand הָיוּ֙ hāyˌû היה be עִם־ ʕim- עִם with יֹ֣ונָתָ֔ן yˈônāṯˈān יֹונָתָן Jonathan בְּ bᵊ בְּ in גִבְעַ֖ת ḡivʕˌaṯ גִּבְעָה hill בִּנְיָמִ֑ין binyāmˈîn בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin וְ wᵊ וְ and יֶ֣תֶר yˈeṯer יֶתֶר remainder הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people שִׁלַּ֖ח šillˌaḥ שׁלח send אִ֥ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man לְ lᵊ לְ to אֹהָלָֽיו׃ ʔōholˈāʸw אֹהֶל tent
13:2. et elegit sibi Saul tria milia de Israhel et erant cum Saul duo milia in Machmas et in monte Bethel mille autem cum Ionathan in Gabaath Beniamin porro ceterum populum remisit unumquemque in tabernacula suaAnd Saul chose him three thousand men of Israel: and two thousand were with Saul in Machmas, and in mount Bethel: and a thousand with Jonathan in Gabaa of Benjamin: and the rest of the people he sent back every man to their dwellings.
2. And Saul chose him three thousand men of Israel; whereof two thousand were with Saul in Michmash and in the mount of Beth-el, and a thousand were with Jonathan in Gibeah of Benjamin: and the rest of the people he sent every man to his tent.
13:2. And Saul chose for himself three thousand men of Israel. And two thousand were with Saul at Michmash and at mount Bethel. Then one thousand were with Jonathan at Gibeah of Benjamin. But the remainder of the people, he sent back, each one to his own tent.
13:2. Saul chose him three thousand [men] of Israel; [whereof] two thousand were with Saul in Michmash and in mount Bethel, and a thousand were with Jonathan in Gibeah of Benjamin: and the rest of the people he sent every man to his tent.
Saul chose him three thousand [men] of Israel; [whereof] two thousand were with Saul in Michmash and in mount Beth- el, and a thousand were with Jonathan in Gibeah of Benjamin: and the rest of the people he sent every man to his tent:

13:2 две тысячи были с Саулом в Михмасе и на горе Вефильской, тысяча же была с Ионафаном в Гиве Вениаминовой; а прочий народ отпустил он по домам своим.
13:3
καὶ και and; even
ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact
Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν the
Νασιβ νασιβ the
ἀλλόφυλον αλλοφυλος foreigner
τὸν ο the
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
βουνῷ βουνος mound
καὶ και and; even
ἀκούουσιν ακουω hear
οἱ ο the
ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner
καὶ και and; even
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
σάλπιγγι σαλπιγξ trumpet
σαλπίζει σαλπιζω trumpet; sound the trumpet
εἰς εις into; for
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
ἠθετήκασιν αθετεω displace; put off
οἱ ο the
δοῦλοι δουλος subject
13:2
וַ wa וְ and
יִּבְחַר־ yyivḥar- בחר examine
לֹ֨ו lˌô לְ to
שָׁא֜וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת šᵊlˈōšeṯ שָׁלֹשׁ three
אֲלָפִים֮ ʔᵃlāfîm אֶלֶף thousand
מִ mi מִן from
יִּשְׂרָאֵל֒ yyiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וַ wa וְ and
יִּהְי֨וּ yyihyˌû היה be
עִם־ ʕim- עִם with
שָׁא֜וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
אַלְפַּ֗יִם ʔalpˈayim אֶלֶף thousand
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִכְמָשׂ֙ miḵmˌāś מִכְמָשׂ Micmash
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
הַ֣ר hˈar הַר mountain
בֵּֽית־אֵ֔ל bˈêṯ-ʔˈēl בֵּית אֵל Bethel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶ֗לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand
הָיוּ֙ hāyˌû היה be
עִם־ ʕim- עִם with
יֹ֣ונָתָ֔ן yˈônāṯˈān יֹונָתָן Jonathan
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
גִבְעַ֖ת ḡivʕˌaṯ גִּבְעָה hill
בִּנְיָמִ֑ין binyāmˈîn בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יֶ֣תֶר yˈeṯer יֶתֶר remainder
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
שִׁלַּ֖ח šillˌaḥ שׁלח send
אִ֥ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אֹהָלָֽיו׃ ʔōholˈāʸw אֹהֶל tent
13:2. et elegit sibi Saul tria milia de Israhel et erant cum Saul duo milia in Machmas et in monte Bethel mille autem cum Ionathan in Gabaath Beniamin porro ceterum populum remisit unumquemque in tabernacula sua
And Saul chose him three thousand men of Israel: and two thousand were with Saul in Machmas, and in mount Bethel: and a thousand with Jonathan in Gabaa of Benjamin: and the rest of the people he sent back every man to their dwellings.
13:2. And Saul chose for himself three thousand men of Israel. And two thousand were with Saul at Michmash and at mount Bethel. Then one thousand were with Jonathan at Gibeah of Benjamin. But the remainder of the people, he sent back, each one to his own tent.
13:2. Saul chose him three thousand [men] of Israel; [whereof] two thousand were with Saul in Michmash and in mount Bethel, and a thousand were with Jonathan in Gibeah of Benjamin: and the rest of the people he sent every man to his tent.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
2: Михмас - город на северо-восток от Гивы Вениаминовой. Возвышенность Вефиля - на север от Гивы Вениаминовой.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:2: Two thousand were with Saul - Saul, no doubt, meditated the redemption of his country from the Philistines; and having chosen three thousand men, he thought best to divide them into companies, and send one against the Philistine garrison at Michmash, another against that at Beth-el, and the third against that at Gibeah: he perhaps hoped, by surprising these garrisons, to get swords and spears for his men, of which we find, (Sa1 13:22), they were entirely destitute.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:3
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:2: The state of things which preceded the events described in this chapter seems to have been a comparative peace between Israel and the Philistines, since Saul had only 3, 000 men under arms. At the same time Philistine garrisons continued to occupy the country of the Israelites in certain strong places, whereof one was at Geba (Jeba), in the immediate neighborhood of Gibeah Sa1 10:5; Sa1 13:3, and exactly opposite Michmash (Mukhmas), which was on the northern edge of the great Wady Suweinit.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:2: chose: Sa1 8:11, Sa1 14:52
Michmash: Michmash was situated east of Bethaven, or Bethel; and Eusebius says it was in his time a considerable place, about nine miles from Jerusalem, towards Rama. Sa1 13:5, Sa1 13:23, Sa1 14:5, Sa1 14:31; Isa 10:28
in Gibeah: Sa1 10:26, Sa1 15:34; Jos 18:28; Jdg 19:12; Sa2 21:6; Isa 10:29
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

The war with the Philistines (1 Samuel 13-14) certainly falls, at least so far as the commencement is concerned, in the very earliest part of Saul's reign. This we must infer partly from the fact, that at the very time when Saul was seeking for his father's asses, there was a military post of the Philistines at Gibeah (1Kings 10:5), and therefore the Philistines had already occupied certain places in the land; and partly also from the fact, that according to this chapter Saul selected an army of 3000 men out of the whole nation, took up his post at Michmash with 2000 of them, placing the other thousand at Gibeah under his son Jonathan, and sent the rest of the people home (1Kings 13:2), because his first intention was simply to check the further advance of the Philistines. The dismission of the rest of the people to their own homes presupposes that the whole of the fighting men of the nation were assembled together. But as no other summoning together of the people has been mentioned before, except to the war upon the Ammonites at Jabesh (1Kings 11:6-7), where all Israel gathered together, and at the close of which Samuel had called the people and their king to Gilgal (1Kings 11:14), the assumption is a very probable one, that it was there at Gilgal, after the renewal of the monarchy, that Saul formed the resolution at once to make war upon the Philistines, and selected 3000 fighting men for the purpose out of the whole number that were collected together, and then dismissed the remainder to their homes. In all probability Saul did not consider that either he or the Israelites were sufficiently prepared as yet to undertake a war upon the Philistines generally, and therefore resolved, in the first place, only to attack the outpost of the Philistines, which was advanced as far as Gibeah, with a small number of picked soldiers. According to this simple view of affairs, the war here described took place at the very commencement of Saul's reign; and the chapter before us is closely connected with the preceding one.
1Kings 13:2
Saul posted himself at Michmash and on the mount of Bethel with his two thousand men. Michmash, the present Mukhmas, a village in ruins upon the northern ridge of the Wady Suweinit, according to the Onom. (s. v. Machmas), was only nine Roman miles to the north of Jerusalem, whereas it took Robinson three hours and a half to go from one to the other (Pal. ii. p. 117). Bethel (Beitin; see at Josh 7:2) is to the north-west of this, at a distance of two hours' journey, if you take the road past Deir-Diwan. The mountain (הר) of Bethel cannot be precisely determined. Bethel itself was situated upon very high ground; and the ruins of Beitin are completely surrounded by heights (Rob. ii. p. 126; and v. Raumer, Pal. pp. 178-9). Jonathan stationed himself with his thousand men at (by) Gibeah of Benjamin, the native place and capital of Saul, which was situated upon Tell el Phul (see at Josh 18:28), about an hour and a half form Michmas.
1Kings 13:3-4
"And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines that was at Geba," probably the military post mentioned in 1Kings 10:5, which had been advanced in the meantime as far as Geba. For Geba is not to be confounded with Gibeah, from which it is clearly distinguished in 1Kings 13:16 as compared with 1Kings 13:15, but is the modern Jeba, between the Wady Suweinit and Wady Fara, to the north-west of Ramah (er-Rm; see at Josh 18:24). "The Philistines heard this. And Saul had the trumpet blown throughout the whole land, and proclamation made: let the Hebrews hear it." לאמר after בּשּׁופר תּקע points out the proclamation that was made after the alarm given by the shophar (see 2Kings 20:1; 3Kings 1:34, 3Kings 1:39, etc.). The object to "let them hear" may be easily supplied from the context, viz., Jonathan's feat of arms. Saul had this trumpeted in the whole land, not only as a joyful message for the Hebrews, but also as an indirect summons to the whole nation to rise and make war upon the Philistines. In the word שׁמע (hear), there is often involved the idea of observing, laying to heart that which is heard. If we understand ישׁמעוּ in this sense here, and the next verse decidedly hints at it, there is no ground whatever for the objection which Thenius, who follows the lxx, has raised to העברים ישׁמעוּ. He proposes this emendation, העברים ישׁמעוּ, "let the Hebrews fall away," according to the Alex. text ἠθετήκασιν οἱ δοῦλοι, without reflecting that the very expression οἱδοῦλοι is sufficient to render the Alex. reading suspicious, and that Saul could not have summoned the people in all the land to fall away from the Philistines, since they had not yet conquered and taken possession of the whole. Moreover, the correctness of ישׁמעוּ is confirmed by ישׁמעוּ ישׂראל וכל in 1Kings 13:4. "All Israel heard," not the call to fall away, but the news, "Saul has smitten a garrison of the Philistines, and Israel has also made itself stinking with the Philistines," i.e., hated in consequence of the bold and successful attack made by Jonathan, which proved that the Israelites would no longer allow themselves to be oppressed by the Philistines. "And the people let themselves be called together after Saul to Gilgal." הצּעק, to permit to summon to war (as in Judg 7:23-24). The words are incorrectly rendered by the Vulgate, "clamavit ergo populus post Saul," and by Luther, "Then the people cried after Saul to Gilgal." Saul drew back to Gilgal, when the Philistines advanced with a large army, to make preparations for the further conflict (see at 1Kings 13:13).
1Kings 13:5
The Philistines also did not delay to avenge the defeat at Geba. They collected an innumerable army: 30,000 chariots, 6000 horsemen, and people, i.e., foot-soldiers, without number (as the sand by the sea-shore; cf. Judg 7:12; Josh 11:4, etc.). רכב by the side of פּרשׁים can only mean war chariots. 30,000 war chariots, however, bear no proportion whatever to 6000 horsemen, not only because the number of war chariots is invariably smaller than that of the horsemen (cf. 2Kings 10:18; 3Kings 10:26; 2Chron 12:3), but also, as Bochart observes in his Hieroz. p. i. lib. ii. c. 9, because such a number of war chariots is never met with either in sacred or profane history, not even in the case of nations that were much more powerful than the Philistines. The number is therefore certainly corrupt, and we must either read 3000 (אל שׁלשׁת instead of אל שׁלשׁים), according to the Syriac and Arabic, or else simply 1000; and in the latter case the origin of the number thirty must be attributed to the fact, that through the oversight of a copyist the ל of the word ישׂראל was written twice, and consequently the second ל was taken for the numeral thirty. This army was encamped "at Michmash, before (i.e., in the front, or on the western side of) Bethaven:" for, according to Josh 7:2, Bethaven was to the east of Michmash; and קדמת when it occurs in geographical accounts, does not "always mean to the east," as Thenius erroneously maintains, but invariably means simply "in front" (see at Gen 2:14).
(Note: Consequently there is no ground whatever for altering the text according to the confused rendering of the lxx, ἐν Μαχμὰς ἐξ ἐναντὶας Βαιθωρὼν κατὰ νότου, for the purpose of substituting for the correct statement in the text a description which would be geographically wrong, viz., to the south-east of Beth-horon, since Michmash was neither to the south nor to the south-east, but to the east of Beth-horon.)
1Kings 13:6-7
When the Israelites saw that they had come into a strait (צר־לו), for the people were oppressed (by the Philistines), they hid themselves in the caves, thorn-bushes, rocks (i.e., clefts of the rocks), fortresses (צרחים: see at Judg 9:46), and pits (which were to be found in the land); and Hebrews also went over the Jordan into the land of Gad and Gilead, whilst Saul was still at Gilgal; and all the people (the people of war who had been called together, v. 4) trembled behind him, i.e., were gathered together in his train, or assembled round him as leader, trembling or in despair.
The Gilgal mentioned here cannot be Jiljilia, which is situated upon the high ground, as assumed in the Comm. on Joshua, pp. 68f., but must be the Gilgal in the valley of the Jordan. This is not only favoured by the expression ירדוּ (the Philistines will come down from Michmash to Gilgal, 1Kings 13:12), but also by ויּעל (Samuel went up from Gilgal to Gibeah, 1Kings 13:15), and by the general attitude of Saul and his army towards the Philistines. As the Philistines advanced with a powerful army, after Jonathan's victory over their garrison at Geba (to the south of Michmash), and encamped at Michmash (1Kings 13:5); and Saul, after withdrawing from Gilgal, where he had gathered the Israelites together (1Kings 13:4, 1Kings 13:8, 1Kings 13:12), with Jonathan and the six hundred men who were with him when the muster took place, took up his position at Geba (1Kings 13:15, 1Kings 13:16), from which point Jonathan attacked the Philistine post in the pass of Michmash (1Kings 13:23, and 1Kings 14:1.): Saul must have drawn back from the advancing army of the Philistines to the Gilgal in the Jordan valley, to make ready for the battle by collecting soldiers and presenting sacrifices, and then, after this had been done, must have advanced once more to Gibeah and Geba to commence the war with the army of the Philistines that was encamped at Michmash. If, on the other hand, he had gone northwards to Jiljilia from Michmash, where he was first stationed, to escape the advancing army of the Philistines; he would have had to attack the Philistines from the north when they were encamped at Michmash, and could not possibly have returned to Geba without coming into conflict with the Philistines, since Michmash was situated between Jiljilia and Geba.
John Gill
Saul chose him three thousand men of Israel,.... Out of the 300,000 that went with him to fight the Ammonites, and returned with him to Gilgal, where he now was, and had stayed as may be supposed about a year, since now he had reigned two years. These 3000 men some of them doubtless were appointed as a guard about his person, and the rest were a standing army to preserve the peace of the nation, to protect them from their enemies, to watch the motions of the Philistines, and to be ready on any sudden invasion:
whereof two thousand were with Saul in Michmash, and in Mount Bethel; "Michmash", according to Bunting, (s) was four miles from Gilgal. Jerom (t) says, in his time it was shown a large village on the borders of Aella, or Jerusalem, retaining its ancient name, nine miles distant from it, near the village Rama. Adrichomius (u) says it is now called Byra, and Mr. Maundrell (w) observes that it is supposed by some to be the same with Beer, whither Jotham fled after he had delivered his parable, Judg 9:21. Michmash is in the Misnah (x) celebrated for the best wheat being brought from it; and near to it, as appears from hence, was Bethel, and the mount of that name; and so Jerom (y) speaks of Bethel as over against Michmash; and this mount very probably is the same said to be on the east of Bethel, where Abraham built an altar, Gen 12:8 for Michmash lay to the east of Bethel:
and one thousand were with Jonathan in Gibeah of Benjamin; the native place of Saul, and this Jonathan was the son of Saul, 1Kings 13:16. According to Bunting (z), Gibeah, where Jonathan was stationed, was eight miles from Michmash:
and the rest of the people he sent every man to his tent; to their own houses; or, as the Targum, to their cities; these were they that came at his summons, and were numbered at Bezek, and went with him to the relief of Jabeshgilead, and had been with him ever since, and now dismissed.
(s) Travels of the Patriarchs, &c. p. 126. (t) De loc Heb. fol. 93. F. (u) Thestrum Terrae S. p. 28. (w) Journey from Aleppo, p. 64. (x) Menachot, c. 8. sect. 1. (y) Ut supra, (De loc Heb.) fol. 89. G. (z) Ut supra, (Travels of the Patriarchs, &c.) p. 127.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Saul chose him three thousand men of Israel--This band of picked men was a bodyguard, who were kept constantly on duty, while the rest of the people were dismissed till their services might be needed. It seems to have been his tactics to attack the Philistine garrisons in the country by different detachments, rather than by risking a general engagement; and his first operations were directed to rid his native territory of Benjamin of these enemies.
13:313:3: Եւ եհա՛ր Յովնաթան զՆասի՛բ այլազգի, որ էր ՚ի բլրին. եւ լուա՛ն այլազգիքն։ Եւ Սաւուղ փո՛ղ եհար ընդ ամենայն երկիրն՝ եւ ասէ, եթէ անգոսնեցին ծառայքն[2946]։ [2946] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եթէ անգոսնեցին Եբրայեցիքն։
3 Յովնաթանը կոտորեց բլրի վրայ բնակուող այլազգի Նասիբին, եւ այլազգիներն այդ իմացան: Սաւուղը շեփոր հնչեցրեց ամբողջ երկրում եւ ասաց. «Ծառաներն արհամարհեցին մեզ»:
3 Յովնաթան Գաբայի մէջ եղող Փղշտացիներուն պահապան զօրքերը զարկաւ ու Փղշտացիները լսեցին։ Այն ատեն Սաւուղ բոլոր երկրին մէջ փող հնչեցնել տուաւ՝ ըսելով. «Եբրայեցիները թող լսեն»։
Եւ եհար Յովնաթան [237]զՆասիբ այլազգի, որ էր ի բլրին``, եւ լուան այլազգիքն: Եւ Սաւուղ փող եհար ընդ ամենայն երկիրն եւ ասէ. [238]Եթէ անգոսնեցին ծառայքն:

13:3: Եւ եհա՛ր Յովնաթան զՆասի՛բ այլազգի, որ էր ՚ի բլրին. եւ լուա՛ն այլազգիքն։ Եւ Սաւուղ փո՛ղ եհար ընդ ամենայն երկիրն՝ եւ ասէ, եթէ անգոսնեցին ծառայքն[2946]։
[2946] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եթէ անգոսնեցին Եբրայեցիքն։
3 Յովնաթանը կոտորեց բլրի վրայ բնակուող այլազգի Նասիբին, եւ այլազգիներն այդ իմացան: Սաւուղը շեփոր հնչեցրեց ամբողջ երկրում եւ ասաց. «Ծառաներն արհամարհեցին մեզ»:
3 Յովնաթան Գաբայի մէջ եղող Փղշտացիներուն պահապան զօրքերը զարկաւ ու Փղշտացիները լսեցին։ Այն ատեն Սաւուղ բոլոր երկրին մէջ փող հնչեցնել տուաւ՝ ըսելով. «Եբրայեցիները թող լսեն»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:313:3 И разбил Ионафан охранный отряд Филистимский, который был в Гиве; и услышали об этом Филистимляне, а Саул протрубил трубою по всей стране, возглашая: да услышат Евреи!
13:4 καὶ και and; even πᾶς πας all; every Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἤκουσεν ακουω hear λεγόντων λεγω tell; declare πέπαικεν παιζω play Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul τὸν ο the Νασιβ νασιβ the ἀλλόφυλον αλλοφυλος foreigner καὶ και and; even ᾐσχύνθησαν αισχυνω shame; ashamed Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ἀλλοφύλοις αλλοφυλος foreigner καὶ και and; even ἀνεβόησαν αναβοαω scream out ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul ἐν εν in Γαλγαλοις γαλγαλα Galgala
13:3 וַ wa וְ and יַּ֣ךְ yyˈaḵ נכה strike יֹונָתָ֗ן yônāṯˈān יֹונָתָן Jonathan אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] נְצִ֤יב nᵊṣˈîv נְצִיב pillar פְּלִשְׁתִּים֙ pᵊlištîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in גֶ֔בַע ḡˈevaʕ גֶּבַע Geba וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּשְׁמְע֖וּ yyišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear פְּלִשְׁתִּ֑ים pᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁאוּל֩ šāʔûl שָׁאוּל Saul תָּקַ֨ע tāqˌaʕ תקע blow בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שֹּׁופָ֤ר ššôfˈār שֹׁופָר horn בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֔ר ʔmˈōr אמר say יִשְׁמְע֖וּ yišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear הָ hā הַ the עִבְרִֽים׃ ʕivrˈîm עִבְרִי Hebrew
13:3. et percussit Ionathan stationem Philisthim quae erat in Gabaa quod cum audissent Philisthim Saul cecinit bucina in omni terra dicens audiant HebraeiAnd Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines which was in Gabaa. And when the Philistines had heard of it, Saul sounded the trumpet over all the land, saying: Let the Hebrews hear.
3. And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines that was in Geba, and the Philistines heard of it. And Saul blew the trumpet throughout all the land, saying, Let the Hebrews hear.
13:3. And Jonathan struck the garrison of the Philistines, which was in Gibeah. And when the Philistines had heard about it, Saul sounded the trumpet over all the land, saying, “Let the Hebrews listen.”
13:3. And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines that [was] in Geba, and the Philistines heard [of it]. And Saul blew the trumpet throughout all the land, saying, Let the Hebrews hear.
And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines that [was] in Geba, and the Philistines heard [of it]. And Saul blew the trumpet throughout all the land, saying, Let the Hebrews hear:

13:3 И разбил Ионафан охранный отряд Филистимский, который был в Гиве; и услышали об этом Филистимляне, а Саул протрубил трубою по всей стране, возглашая: да услышат Евреи!
13:4
καὶ και and; even
πᾶς πας all; every
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἤκουσεν ακουω hear
λεγόντων λεγω tell; declare
πέπαικεν παιζω play
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
τὸν ο the
Νασιβ νασιβ the
ἀλλόφυλον αλλοφυλος foreigner
καὶ και and; even
ᾐσχύνθησαν αισχυνω shame; ashamed
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ἀλλοφύλοις αλλοφυλος foreigner
καὶ και and; even
ἀνεβόησαν αναβοαω scream out
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
ἐν εν in
Γαλγαλοις γαλγαλα Galgala
13:3
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֣ךְ yyˈaḵ נכה strike
יֹונָתָ֗ן yônāṯˈān יֹונָתָן Jonathan
אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
נְצִ֤יב nᵊṣˈîv נְצִיב pillar
פְּלִשְׁתִּים֙ pᵊlištîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
גֶ֔בַע ḡˈevaʕ גֶּבַע Geba
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּשְׁמְע֖וּ yyišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear
פְּלִשְׁתִּ֑ים pᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁאוּל֩ šāʔûl שָׁאוּל Saul
תָּקַ֨ע tāqˌaʕ תקע blow
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שֹּׁופָ֤ר ššôfˈār שֹׁופָר horn
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֔ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
יִשְׁמְע֖וּ yišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear
הָ הַ the
עִבְרִֽים׃ ʕivrˈîm עִבְרִי Hebrew
13:3. et percussit Ionathan stationem Philisthim quae erat in Gabaa quod cum audissent Philisthim Saul cecinit bucina in omni terra dicens audiant Hebraei
And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines which was in Gabaa. And when the Philistines had heard of it, Saul sounded the trumpet over all the land, saying: Let the Hebrews hear.
13:3. And Jonathan struck the garrison of the Philistines, which was in Gibeah. And when the Philistines had heard about it, Saul sounded the trumpet over all the land, saying, “Let the Hebrews listen.”
13:3. And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines that [was] in Geba, and the Philistines heard [of it]. And Saul blew the trumpet throughout all the land, saying, Let the Hebrews hear.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
3: Охранный отряд Филистимский, который был в Гиве: см. примеч. к 16: ст. IX гл. Очевидно, Гива Вениаминова входила уже в район филистимских захватов, и в ней (вернее, около нее) расположен был наблюдательный и охранный отряд филистимлян. Неудивительно, что подобное соседство не могло особенно понравиться царю евреев.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:3: Jonathan smote - He appears to have taken this garrison by surprise, for his men had no arms for a regular battle, or taking the place by storm. This is the first place in which this brave and excellent man appears; a man who bears one of the most amiable characters in the Bible.
Let the Hebrews hear - Probably this means the people who dwelt beyond Jordan, who might very naturally be termed here העברים haibrim, from עבר abar, he passed over; those who are beyond the river Jordan: as Abraham was called עברי Ibri because he dwelt beyond the river Euphrates.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:4
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:3: This was the first act in the war of independence, and probably the first feat in arms of the young hero Jonathan.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:3: the garrison: Sa1 10:5, Sa1 14:1-6; Sa2 23:14
Geba: or, the hill, Jos 18:24, Gaba, Jos 21:17; Isa 10:29; Zac 14:10
blew: Jdg 3:27, Jdg 6:34; Sa2 2:28, Sa2 20:1
Geneva 1599
And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines that [was] in (c) Geba, and the Philistines heard [of it]. And Saul blew the (d) trumpet throughout all the land, saying, Let the Hebrews hear.
(c) Of Kirjath-jearim, where the ark was, (1Kings 10:5).
(d) That everyone should prepare themselves to fight.
John Gill
And Jonathan smote the garrison of the Philistines that was in Geba,.... Not the same with Gibeah of Benjamin, as Jarchi; for it can hardly be thought that Jonathan should place himself with his thousand men where the Philistines had a garrison; or that if this was the same with that in the preceding verse, that it should be called by another name in this; but Gibeah and Geba were two places, as Kimchi observes, both indeed in the tribe of Benjamin, and it is very probable not far from one another; see Josh 18:24. This seems to be the same with the hill of God, where was a garrison of the Philistines, 1Kings 10:5, who after their defeat by Samuel contented themselves with some strong holds and garrisons in some parts of the land to keep Israel in awe; the Targum understands this of a single person, a governor of the Philistines in this place, whom Jonathan slew, and so Jarchi; and according to R. Isaiah he was one that was appointed to gather the tax for them:
and the Philistines heard of it, which alarmed them, and made them prepare for war:
and Saul blew the trumpet throughout all the land; not he in person, for he was at Gilgal, as the next verse shows; but he ordered it to be blown, being aware of the preparations the Philistines were making to attack him:
saying, let the Hebrews hear; both what his son had done, and what the Philistines were doing.
John Wesley
Blew - That is, he sent messengers to tell them all what Jonathan had done, and how the Philistines were enraged at it, and therefore what necessity there was of gathering themselves together for their own defence.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
HE CALLS THE HEBREWS TO GILGAL AGAINST THE PHILISTINES. (1Kings 13:3-4)
And Jonathan--that is, "God-given."
smote the garrison of the Philistines . . . in Geba--Geba and Gibeah were towns in Benjamin, very close to each other (Josh 18:24, Josh 18:28). The word rendered "garrison" is different from that of 1Kings 13:23; 1Kings 14:1, and signifies, literally, something erected; probably a pillar or flagstaff, indicative of Philistine ascendency. That the secret demolition of this standard, so obnoxious to a young and noble-hearted patriot, was the feat of Jonathan referred to, is evident from the words, "the Philistines heard of it," which is not the way we should expect an attack on a fortress to be noticed.
Saul blew the trumpet throughout all the land--This, a well-known sound, was the usual Hebrew war-summons; the first blast was answered by the beacon fire in the neighboring places. A second blast was blown--then answered by a fire in a more distant locality, whence the proclamation was speedily diffused over the whole country. As the Philistines resented what Jonathan had done as an overt attempt to throw off their yoke, a levy, en masse, of the people was immediately ordered, the rendezvous to be the old camping-ground at Gilgal.
13:413:4: Եւ լուա՛ն ամենայն Իսրայէլ, ասեն եթէ եհա՛ր Սաւուղ զՆասիբ այլազգի. եւ յամօ՛թ արար Իսրայէլ զայլազգիսն. եւ գոչեա՛ց ժողովուրդն զհետ Սաւուղայ ՚ի Գաղգաղա[2947]։ [2947] Այլք. Եւ լուաւ ամենայն Իսրայէլ. ասեն։
4 Բոլոր իսրայէլացիները լսելով այդ՝ ասացին. «Սաւուղը կոտորել է այլազգի Նասիբին, եւ Իսրայէլն ատելի է դարձել այլազգիներին»: Եւ ժողովուրդը Սաւուղի յետեւից գնաց Գաղգաղա:
4 Բոլոր Իսրայէլ լսեց թէ Սաւուղ Փղշտացիներուն պահապան զօրքերը զարկաւ եւ Իսրայէլ Փղշտացիներուն առջեւ ատելի եղաւ ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը Գաղգաղայի մէջ Սաւուղին քով հաւաքուեցան։
Եւ լուան ամենայն Իսրայէլ, ասեն` եթէ եհար Սաւուղ [239]զՆասիբ այլազգի եւ յամօթ արար Իսրայէլ զայլազգիսն. եւ գոչեաց`` ժողովուրդն զհետ Սաւուղայ ի Գաղգաղա:

13:4: Եւ լուա՛ն ամենայն Իսրայէլ, ասեն եթէ եհա՛ր Սաւուղ զՆասիբ այլազգի. եւ յամօ՛թ արար Իսրայէլ զայլազգիսն. եւ գոչեա՛ց ժողովուրդն զհետ Սաւուղայ ՚ի Գաղգաղա[2947]։
[2947] Այլք. Եւ լուաւ ամենայն Իսրայէլ. ասեն։
4 Բոլոր իսրայէլացիները լսելով այդ՝ ասացին. «Սաւուղը կոտորել է այլազգի Նասիբին, եւ Իսրայէլն ատելի է դարձել այլազգիներին»: Եւ ժողովուրդը Սաւուղի յետեւից գնաց Գաղգաղա:
4 Բոլոր Իսրայէլ լսեց թէ Սաւուղ Փղշտացիներուն պահապան զօրքերը զարկաւ եւ Իսրայէլ Փղշտացիներուն առջեւ ատելի եղաւ ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը Գաղգաղայի մէջ Սաւուղին քով հաւաքուեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:413:4 Когда весь Израиль услышал, что разбил Саул охранный отряд Филистимский и что Израиль сделался ненавистным для Филистимлян, то народ собрался к Саулу в Галгал.
13:5 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner συνάγονται συναγω gather εἰς εις into; for πόλεμον πολεμος battle ἐπὶ επι in; on Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἀναβαίνουσιν αναβαινω step up; ascend ἐπὶ επι in; on Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τριάκοντα τριακοντα thirty χιλιάδες χιλιας thousand ἁρμάτων αρμα chariot καὶ και and; even ἓξ εξ six χιλιάδες χιλιας thousand ἱππέων ιππευς cavalry; rider καὶ και and; even λαὸς λαος populace; population ὡς ως.1 as; how ἡ ο the ἄμμος αμμος sand ἡ ο the παρὰ παρα from; by τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea τῷ ο the πλήθει πληθος multitude; quantity καὶ και and; even ἀναβαίνουσιν αναβαινω step up; ascend καὶ και and; even παρεμβάλλουσιν παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Μαχεμας μαχεμας from; out of ἐναντίας εναντιος contrary; opposite Βαιθων βαιθων down; by νότου νοτος south wind
13:4 וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵ֞ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel שָׁמְע֣וּ šāmᵊʕˈû שׁמע hear לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֗ר ʔmˈōr אמר say הִכָּ֤ה hikkˈā נכה strike שָׁאוּל֙ šāʔûl שָׁאוּל Saul אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נְצִ֣יב nᵊṣˈîv נְצִיב pillar פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים pᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine וְ wᵊ וְ and גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even נִבְאַשׁ nivʔˌaš באשׁ stink יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the פְּלִשְׁתִּ֑ים ppᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine וַ wa וְ and יִּצָּעֲק֥וּ yyiṣṣāʕᵃqˌû צעק cry הָ hā הַ the עָ֛ם ʕˈām עַם people אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after שָׁא֖וּל šāʔˌûl שָׁאוּל Saul הַ ha הַ the גִּלְגָּֽל׃ ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal
13:4. et universus Israhel audivit huiuscemodi famam percussit Saul stationem Philisthinorum et erexit se Israhel adversum Philisthim clamavit ergo populus post Saul in GalgalaAnd all Israel heard this report: Saul hath smitten the garrison of the Philistines: and Israel took courage against the Philistines. And the people were called together after Saul to Galgal.
4. And all Israel heard say that Saul had smitten the garrison of the Philistines, and that Israel also was had in abomination with the Philistines. And the people were gathered together after Saul to Gilgal.
13:4. And all of Israel heard this report, that Saul had struck the garrison of the Philistines. And Israel raised himself up against the Philistines. Then the people cried out to Saul at Gilgal.
13:4. And all Israel heard say [that] Saul had smitten a garrison of the Philistines, and [that] Israel also was had in abomination with the Philistines. And the people were called together after Saul to Gilgal.
And all Israel heard say [that] Saul had smitten a garrison of the Philistines, and [that] Israel also was had in abomination with the Philistines. And the people were called together after Saul to Gilgal:

13:4 Когда весь Израиль услышал, что разбил Саул охранный отряд Филистимский и что Израиль сделался ненавистным для Филистимлян, то народ собрался к Саулу в Галгал.
13:5
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner
συνάγονται συναγω gather
εἰς εις into; for
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἀναβαίνουσιν αναβαινω step up; ascend
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τριάκοντα τριακοντα thirty
χιλιάδες χιλιας thousand
ἁρμάτων αρμα chariot
καὶ και and; even
ἓξ εξ six
χιλιάδες χιλιας thousand
ἱππέων ιππευς cavalry; rider
καὶ και and; even
λαὸς λαος populace; population
ὡς ως.1 as; how
ο the
ἄμμος αμμος sand
ο the
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
τῷ ο the
πλήθει πληθος multitude; quantity
καὶ και and; even
ἀναβαίνουσιν αναβαινω step up; ascend
καὶ και and; even
παρεμβάλλουσιν παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Μαχεμας μαχεμας from; out of
ἐναντίας εναντιος contrary; opposite
Βαιθων βαιθων down; by
νότου νοτος south wind
13:4
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵ֞ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
שָׁמְע֣וּ šāmᵊʕˈû שׁמע hear
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֗ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
הִכָּ֤ה hikkˈā נכה strike
שָׁאוּל֙ šāʔûl שָׁאוּל Saul
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נְצִ֣יב nᵊṣˈîv נְצִיב pillar
פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים pᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even
נִבְאַשׁ nivʔˌaš באשׁ stink
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
פְּלִשְׁתִּ֑ים ppᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
וַ wa וְ and
יִּצָּעֲק֥וּ yyiṣṣāʕᵃqˌû צעק cry
הָ הַ the
עָ֛ם ʕˈām עַם people
אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
שָׁא֖וּל šāʔˌûl שָׁאוּל Saul
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְגָּֽל׃ ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal
13:4. et universus Israhel audivit huiuscemodi famam percussit Saul stationem Philisthinorum et erexit se Israhel adversum Philisthim clamavit ergo populus post Saul in Galgala
And all Israel heard this report: Saul hath smitten the garrison of the Philistines: and Israel took courage against the Philistines. And the people were called together after Saul to Galgal.
13:4. And all of Israel heard this report, that Saul had struck the garrison of the Philistines. And Israel raised himself up against the Philistines. Then the people cried out to Saul at Gilgal.
13:4. And all Israel heard say [that] Saul had smitten a garrison of the Philistines, and [that] Israel also was had in abomination with the Philistines. And the people were called together after Saul to Gilgal.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:4: The people were called together - The smiting of this garrison was the commencement of a war, and in effect the shaking off of the Philistine yoke; and now the people found that they must stand together, and fight for their lives.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:5
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:4: To Gilgal - The Wady Suweinit de-bouches into the plain of the Jordan in which Gilgal was situated. For the sanctity of Gilgal, see above, Sa1 11:14 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:4: was had in abomination: Heb. did stink, Gen 34:30, Gen 46:34; Exo 5:21; Zac 11:8
to Gilgal: Sa1 10:8, Sa1 11:14, Sa1 11:15; Jos 5:9
John Gill
And all Israel heard say that Saul had smitten a garrison of the Philistines,.... For though it was smitten by Jonathan, yet it was by the order of Saul, and so ascribed to him; it seems to be a concerted thing to fall upon the garrisons of the Philistines, and get them out of their hands, and so deliver Israel entirely from them; but it was not wise for Saul, if he had such a scheme in his head, to disband his large army, as he had lately done:
and that Israel also was had in abomination with the Philistines; who were highly incensed against them by this action, and vowed revenge; the name of an Israelite was abhorred by them; and perhaps this action might be attended with much craft and cruelty; and if these garrisons were held by agreement, they might charge them with perfidy, with breach of articles, and so their name was made to stink among them, as the word signifies:
and the people were called together after Saul to Gilgal; by sound of trumpet.
John Wesley
Saul - Perhaps contrary to some treaty.
13:513:5: Եւ այլազգիքն ժողովեա՛լ էին ՚ի պատերազմ ընդ Իսրայէլի. եւ ելին ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի երեսո՛ւն հազար կառաց, եւ վե՛ց հազար հեծելոց, եւ ժողովուրդն իբրեւ զաւա՛զ առ եզերբ ծովու բազմութեամբ. ելին եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մաքմաս, յանդիման Բեթրովնայ ընդ հարաւ[2948]։ [2948] Ոմանք. Առ եզր ծո՛՛... եւ ելին եւ բա՛՛... Բեթորովնայ, կամ՝ Բեթերովնայ։
5 Այլազգիները եւս հաւաքուեցին պատերազմելու Իսրայէլի դէմ եւ յարձակուեցին Իսրայէլի վրայ երեսուն հազար մարտակառքերով ու վեց հազար հեծեալներով, իսկ զօրքն իր բազմութեամբ նման էր ծովեզրի աւազին: Սրանք եկան ու բանակեցին Մաքմասում, Բեթորոնի դիմաց, դէպի հարաւ:
5 Փղշտացիներն ալ հաւաքուեցան, որպէս զի Իսրայէլի դէմ պատերազմ ընեն։ Անոնք երեսուն հազար կառք ու վեց հազար ձիաւոր ունէին եւ ժողովուրդը ծովուն եզերքը եղող աւազին չափ շատ էր ու ելան եւ Բեթաւանի արեւելեան կողմը Մաքմասի մէջ բանակեցան։
Եւ այլազգիքն ժողովեալ էին ի պատերազմ ընդ Իսրայելի. եւ ելին ի վերայ Իսրայելի երեսուն հազար կառաց եւ վեց հազար հեծելոց, եւ ժողովուրդն իբրեւ զաւազ առ եզերբ ծովու բազմութեամբ. ելին եւ բանակեցան ի Մաքմաս, [240]յանդիման Բեթորովնայ ընդ հարաւ:

13:5: Եւ այլազգիքն ժողովեա՛լ էին ՚ի պատերազմ ընդ Իսրայէլի. եւ ելին ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի երեսո՛ւն հազար կառաց, եւ վե՛ց հազար հեծելոց, եւ ժողովուրդն իբրեւ զաւա՛զ առ եզերբ ծովու բազմութեամբ. ելին եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մաքմաս, յանդիման Բեթրովնայ ընդ հարաւ[2948]։
[2948] Ոմանք. Առ եզր ծո՛՛... եւ ելին եւ բա՛՛... Բեթորովնայ, կամ՝ Բեթերովնայ։
5 Այլազգիները եւս հաւաքուեցին պատերազմելու Իսրայէլի դէմ եւ յարձակուեցին Իսրայէլի վրայ երեսուն հազար մարտակառքերով ու վեց հազար հեծեալներով, իսկ զօրքն իր բազմութեամբ նման էր ծովեզրի աւազին: Սրանք եկան ու բանակեցին Մաքմասում, Բեթորոնի դիմաց, դէպի հարաւ:
5 Փղշտացիներն ալ հաւաքուեցան, որպէս զի Իսրայէլի դէմ պատերազմ ընեն։ Անոնք երեսուն հազար կառք ու վեց հազար ձիաւոր ունէին եւ ժողովուրդը ծովուն եզերքը եղող աւազին չափ շատ էր ու ելան եւ Բեթաւանի արեւելեան կողմը Մաքմասի մէջ բանակեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:513:5 И собрались Филистимляне на войну против Израиля: тридцать тысяч колесниц и шесть тысяч конницы, и народа множество, как песок на берегу моря; и пришли и расположились станом в Михмасе, с восточной стороны Беф-Авена.
13:6 καὶ και and; even ἀνὴρ ανηρ man; husband Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel εἶδεν οραω view; see ὅτι οτι since; that στενῶς στενως he; him μὴ μη not προσάγειν προσαγω lead toward; head toward αὐτόν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐκρύβη κρυπτω hide ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the σπηλαίοις σπηλαιον cave καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the μάνδραις μανδρα and; even ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the πέτραις πετρα.1 cliff; bedrock καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the βόθροις βοθρος and; even ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the λάκκοις λακκος pit
13:5 וּ û וְ and פְלִשְׁתִּ֞ים fᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine נֶאֶסְפ֣וּ׀ neʔesᵊfˈû אסף gather לְ lᵊ לְ to הִלָּחֵ֣ם hillāḥˈēm לחם fight עִם־ ʕim- עִם with יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים šᵊlōšˌîm שָׁלֹשׁ three אֶ֤לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand רֶ֨כֶב֙ rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot וְ wᵊ וְ and שֵׁ֤שֶׁת šˈēšeṯ שֵׁשׁ six אֲלָפִים֙ ʔᵃlāfîm אֶלֶף thousand פָּרָשִׁ֔ים pārāšˈîm פָּרָשׁ horseman וְ wᵊ וְ and עָ֕ם ʕˈām עַם people כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the חֹ֛ול ḥˈôl חֹול sand אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂפַֽת־ śᵊfˈaṯ- שָׂפָה lip הַ ha הַ the יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea לָ lā לְ to רֹ֑ב rˈōv רֹב multitude וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּעֲלוּ֙ yyaʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend וַ wa וְ and יַּחֲנ֣וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp בְ vᵊ בְּ in מִכְמָ֔שׂ miḵmˈāś מִכְמָשׂ Micmash קִדְמַ֖ת qiḏmˌaṯ קִדְמָה front בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן׃ bˌêṯ ʔˈāwen בֵּית אָוֶן Beth Aven
13:5. et Philisthim congregati sunt ad proeliandum contra Israhel triginta milia curruum et sex milia equitum et reliquum vulgus sicut harena quae est in litore maris plurima et ascendentes castrametati sunt in Machmas ad orientem BethavenThe Philistines also were assembled to fight against Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and a multitude of people besides, like the sand on the seashore for number. And going up they camped in Machmas, at the east of Bethaven.
5. And the Philistines assembled themselves together to fight with Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and people as the sand which is on the sea shore in multitude: and they came up, and pitched in Michmash, eastward of Beth-aven.
13:5. And the Philistines gathered to do battle against Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and the remainder of the common people, who were very many, like the sand that is on the shore of the sea. And ascending, they encamped at Michmash, toward the east of Bethaven.
13:5. And the Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and people as the sand which [is] on the sea shore in multitude: and they came up, and pitched in Michmash, eastward from Bethaven.
And the Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and people as the sand which [is] on the sea shore in multitude: and they came up, and pitched in Michmash, eastward from Beth- aven:

13:5 И собрались Филистимляне на войну против Израиля: тридцать тысяч колесниц и шесть тысяч конницы, и народа множество, как песок на берегу моря; и пришли и расположились станом в Михмасе, с восточной стороны Беф-Авена.
13:6
καὶ και and; even
ἀνὴρ ανηρ man; husband
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
εἶδεν οραω view; see
ὅτι οτι since; that
στενῶς στενως he; him
μὴ μη not
προσάγειν προσαγω lead toward; head toward
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐκρύβη κρυπτω hide
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
σπηλαίοις σπηλαιον cave
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
μάνδραις μανδρα and; even
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
πέτραις πετρα.1 cliff; bedrock
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
βόθροις βοθρος and; even
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
λάκκοις λακκος pit
13:5
וּ û וְ and
פְלִשְׁתִּ֞ים fᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
נֶאֶסְפ֣וּ׀ neʔesᵊfˈû אסף gather
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הִלָּחֵ֣ם hillāḥˈēm לחם fight
עִם־ ʕim- עִם with
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים šᵊlōšˌîm שָׁלֹשׁ three
אֶ֤לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף thousand
רֶ֨כֶב֙ rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שֵׁ֤שֶׁת šˈēšeṯ שֵׁשׁ six
אֲלָפִים֙ ʔᵃlāfîm אֶלֶף thousand
פָּרָשִׁ֔ים pārāšˈîm פָּרָשׁ horseman
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָ֕ם ʕˈām עַם people
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
חֹ֛ול ḥˈôl חֹול sand
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂפַֽת־ śᵊfˈaṯ- שָׂפָה lip
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea
לָ לְ to
רֹ֑ב rˈōv רֹב multitude
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּעֲלוּ֙ yyaʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend
וַ wa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֣וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מִכְמָ֔שׂ miḵmˈāś מִכְמָשׂ Micmash
קִדְמַ֖ת qiḏmˌaṯ קִדְמָה front
בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן׃ bˌêṯ ʔˈāwen בֵּית אָוֶן Beth Aven
13:5. et Philisthim congregati sunt ad proeliandum contra Israhel triginta milia curruum et sex milia equitum et reliquum vulgus sicut harena quae est in litore maris plurima et ascendentes castrametati sunt in Machmas ad orientem Bethaven
The Philistines also were assembled to fight against Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and a multitude of people besides, like the sand on the seashore for number. And going up they camped in Machmas, at the east of Bethaven.
13:5. And the Philistines gathered to do battle against Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and the remainder of the common people, who were very many, like the sand that is on the shore of the sea. And ascending, they encamped at Michmash, toward the east of Bethaven.
13:5. And the Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and people as the sand which [is] on the sea shore in multitude: and they came up, and pitched in Michmash, eastward from Bethaven.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5: Беф-Авен = Аиалон (XIV:23, 31); расположен к юго-западу от Гаваона.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:5: Thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen - There is no proportion here between the chariots and the cavalry. The largest armies ever brought into the field, even by mighty emperors, never were furnished with thirty thousand chariots.
I think שלשים sheloshim, Thirty, is a false reading for שלש shalosh, Three. The Syriac has telotho alpin, and the Arabic thalathato alf, both signifying Three thousand; and this was a fair proportion to the horsemen. This is most likely to be the true reading.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:6
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:5: Thirty thousand chariots - Probably a copyist's mistake for 300. (Compare, for a similar numerical variation, Ch1 18:4 with Sa2 8:4.)
Eastward from Bethaven - Or more simply "to the east of Bethaven," which Jos 7:2 lay "on the east side of Bethel." Bethaven (thought to be the same as Deir Diwan) lay between Bethel and Michmash, which had been evacuated by Saul.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:5: thirty thousand chariots: The Philistines had no doubt collected troops in this emergency, from all the surrounding nation; but the number of chariots is immensely large beyond any example, and wholly disproportioned to the number of their cavalry. It is probable, therefore, that for sheloshim aileph, "thirty thousand," we should read shelosh aileph, "three thousand," with the Syriac and Arabic.
as the sand: Gen 22:17; Jos 11:4; Jdg 7:12; Ch2 1:9; Isa 48:19; Jer 15:8; Rom 9:27
Bethaven: Sa1 14:23; Jos 7:2, Jos 18:12; Hos 4:15, Hos 5:8, Hos 10:5
Geneva 1599
And the Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and people as the sand which [is] on the sea shore in multitude: and they came up, and pitched in Michmash, eastward from (e) Bethaven.
(e) Which was also called Beth-el, in the tribe of Benjamin.
John Gill
And the Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel,.... To prevent their further encroachments on them, and designs against them; for they perceived they intended to cast off their yoke, and free themselves entirely from them:
thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen; it may seem incredible that so small a people as the Philistines were, who only were possessed of five cities, or lordships, with the villages belonging to them, except what they had taken from Israel; and even if assisted by the Tyrians, the author of Sirach in the Apocrypha says:"And he destroyed the rulers of the Tyrians, and all the princes of the Philistines.'' (Sirach 46:18)though he seems to have respect not to this time, but when Samuel discomfited them, 1Kings 7:10. I say it may seem incredible that they should bring such a number of chariots into the field; wherefore this must either be understood of 30,000 men that fought in chariots, as Lyra interprets it, and in which sense it is plain and certain the word chariots is sometimes used, as in 2Kings 10:18, or else of some sort of carriages, not chariots of war, at least not all of them; but what were brought to carry the baggage of their infantry, which was very large, and to carry away the goods and substance of the Israelites; some have thought that there is a mistake of the copier, who instead of "three", read "thirty": so Capellus; and the rather because in the Arabic and Syriac versions it is only "three thousand"; but even this is too great a number, understood of chariots of war; for never any people in the world was known to have so many chariots of war; Pharaoh in his large host had but six hundred, Ex 14:7 Jabin king of Canaan had indeed nine hundred, Judg 4:3 and David took from the king of Zobah one thousand chariots; but whether they were all chariots of war is not certain, 2Kings 8:4. Solomon indeed had one thousand and four hundred chariots, but they do not appear to be chariots of war, but some for use, and some for state and grandeur. Wherefore, if a mistake in the copy is admitted of, and this can be confirmed by some MSS, yet we must recur to one or other of the above senses; some of them must be understood of other sort of carriages, or of men that fought in these chariots; and allowing ten men to a chariot, which seems to be the usual number by comparing 2Kings 10:18 with 1Chron 19:18 then 3000 men would fill three hundred chariots, which are as many as it can well be thought the Philistines had Zerah the Ethiopian, who brought into the field an army of million men, had no more than three hundred chariots, 2Chron 14:9, and no more had Antiochus Eupator in his army,"And with him Lysias his protector, and ruler of his affairs, having either of them a Grecian power of footmen, an hundred and ten thousand, and horsemen five thousand and three hundred, and elephants two and twenty, and three hundred chariots armed with hooks.'' (2 Maccabees 13:2)Darius in his vast army had but two hundred (a), and in the very large one which Mithridates brought against the Romans there was but one hundred; and now 3000 men in three hundred chariots were but a proportion to 6000 horsemen, which in those times and countries was a large cavalry:
and the people as the sand which is on the sea shore in multitude; the infantry was so large as not to be numbered; however, the phrase denotes a great multitude of them; Josephus says (b) there were 300,000 footmen:
and they came up, and pitched in Michmash, eastward from Bethaven; where Saul, before he went to Gilgal, had his quarters, 1Kings 13:2. Bethaven was a place near Bethel, on the east of it, Josh 7:2 though Bethel itself was afterwards so called when Jeroboam had set up the worship of the calves there, Hos 4:15 it signifying the house of vanity or iniquity.
(a) Curtius, l. 4. c. 9. (b) Antiqu, l. 6. c. 6. sect. 1.
John Wesley
Thirty thousand chariots, &c. - Most of them, we may suppose, carriages for their baggage, not chariots of war, tho' all their allies were joined with them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
THE PHILISTINES' GREAT HOST. (1Kings 13:5)
The Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen--Either this number must include chariots of every kind--or the word "chariots" must mean the men fighting in them (2Kings 10:18; 3Kings 20:21; 1Chron 19:18); or, as some eminent critics maintain, Sheloshim ("thirty"), has crept into the text, instead of Shelosh ("three"). The gathering of the chariots and horsemen must be understood to be on the Philistine plain, before they ascended the western passes and pitched in the heart of the Benjamite hills, in "Michmash," (now Mukmas), a "steep precipitous valley" [ROBINSON], eastward from Beth-aven (Beth-el).
13:613:6: Եւ ետես այր Իսրայէլի եթէ անձո՛ւկ է նմա մերձենալ առ նա, եւ թաքեա՛ւ ժողովուրդն յայրս, եւ ՚ի գոմս, եւ ՚ի վէմս, եւ ՚ի խորխորա՛տս, եւ ՚ի ջրհորս.
6 Իսրայէլացիները տեսնելով որ իրենց տեղը նեղ է, եւ չեն կարող մօտենալ նրանց, թաքնուեցին քարայրներում, գոմերում, ժայռերի ծերպերում, խորխորատներում ու ջրհորներում,
6 Երբ Իսրայէլի մարդիկը զիրենք նեղութեան մէջ տեսան՝ ժողովուրդը տագնապած՝ քարայրներու թուփերու, ժայռերու, աշտարակներու ու փոսերու մէջ պահուեցան
Եւ ետես այր Իսրայելի եթէ անձուկ է նմա [241]մերձենալ առ նա``, եւ թաքեաւ ժողովուրդն յայրս եւ [242]ի գոմս եւ ի վէմս եւ [243]ի խորխորատս եւ ի ջրհորս:

13:6: Եւ ետես այր Իսրայէլի եթէ անձո՛ւկ է նմա մերձենալ առ նա, եւ թաքեա՛ւ ժողովուրդն յայրս, եւ ՚ի գոմս, եւ ՚ի վէմս, եւ ՚ի խորխորա՛տս, եւ ՚ի ջրհորս.
6 Իսրայէլացիները տեսնելով որ իրենց տեղը նեղ է, եւ չեն կարող մօտենալ նրանց, թաքնուեցին քարայրներում, գոմերում, ժայռերի ծերպերում, խորխորատներում ու ջրհորներում,
6 Երբ Իսրայէլի մարդիկը զիրենք նեղութեան մէջ տեսան՝ ժողովուրդը տագնապած՝ քարայրներու թուփերու, ժայռերու, աշտարակներու ու փոսերու մէջ պահուեցան
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:613:6 Израильтяне, видя, что они в опасности, потому что народ был стеснен, укрывались в пещерах и в ущельях, и между скалами, и в башнях, и во рвах;
13:7 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the διαβαίνοντες διαβαινω step through; go across διέβησαν διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis εἰς εις into; for γῆν γη earth; land Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath καὶ και and; even Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul ἔτι ετι yet; still ἦν ειμι be ἐν εν in Γαλγαλοις γαλγαλα and; even πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population ἐξέστη εξιστημι astonish; beside yourself ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:6 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִ֨ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel רָאוּ֙ rāʔˌû ראה see כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that צַר־ ṣar- צרר wrap, be narrow לֹ֔ו lˈô לְ to כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that נִגַּ֖שׂ niggˌaś נגשׂ drive הָ hā הַ the עָ֑ם ʕˈām עַם people וַ wa וְ and יִּֽתְחַבְּא֣וּ yyˈiṯḥabbᵊʔˈû חבא hide הָ hā הַ the עָ֗ם ʕˈām עַם people בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מְּעָרֹ֤ות mmᵊʕārˈôṯ מְעָרָה cave וּ û וְ and בַֽ vˈa בְּ in † הַ the חֲוָחִים֙ ḥᵃwāḥîm חֹוחַ recess וּ û וְ and בַ va בְּ in † הַ the סְּלָעִ֔ים ssᵊlāʕˈîm סֶלַע rock וּ û וְ and בַ va בְּ in † הַ the צְּרִחִ֖ים ṣṣᵊriḥˌîm צְרִיחַ cellar וּ û וְ and בַ va בְּ in † הַ the בֹּרֹֽות׃ bbōrˈôṯ בֹּור cistern
13:6. quod cum vidissent viri Israhel se in arto sitos adflictus est enim populus absconderunt se in speluncis et in abditis in petris quoque et in antris et in cisternisAnd when the men of Israel saw that they were straitened (for the people were distressed), they hid themselves in caves, and in thickets, and in rocks, and in dens, and in pits.
6. When the men of Israel saw that they were in a strait, ( for the people were distressed,) then the people did hide themselves in caves, and in thickets, and in rocks, and in holds, and in pits.
13:6. And when the men of Israel had seen themselves to be in a narrowed position, they hid themselves in caves, and in out of the way places, and in rocks, and in hollows, and in pits (for the people were distressed).
13:6. When the men of Israel saw that they were in a strait, (for the people were distressed,) then the people did hide themselves in caves, and in thickets, and in rocks, and in high places, and in pits.
When the men of Israel saw that they were in a strait, ( for the people were distressed,) then the people did hide themselves in caves, and in thickets, and in rocks, and in high places, and in pits:

13:6 Израильтяне, видя, что они в опасности, потому что народ был стеснен, укрывались в пещерах и в ущельях, и между скалами, и в башнях, и во рвах;
13:7
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
διαβαίνοντες διαβαινω step through; go across
διέβησαν διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
εἰς εις into; for
γῆν γη earth; land
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
καὶ και and; even
Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
ἔτι ετι yet; still
ἦν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
Γαλγαλοις γαλγαλα and; even
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
ἐξέστη εξιστημι astonish; beside yourself
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:6
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִ֨ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
רָאוּ֙ rāʔˌû ראה see
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
צַר־ ṣar- צרר wrap, be narrow
לֹ֔ו lˈô לְ to
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
נִגַּ֖שׂ niggˌaś נגשׂ drive
הָ הַ the
עָ֑ם ʕˈām עַם people
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽתְחַבְּא֣וּ yyˈiṯḥabbᵊʔˈû חבא hide
הָ הַ the
עָ֗ם ʕˈām עַם people
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מְּעָרֹ֤ות mmᵊʕārˈôṯ מְעָרָה cave
וּ û וְ and
בַֽ vˈa בְּ in
הַ the
חֲוָחִים֙ ḥᵃwāḥîm חֹוחַ recess
וּ û וְ and
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
סְּלָעִ֔ים ssᵊlāʕˈîm סֶלַע rock
וּ û וְ and
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
צְּרִחִ֖ים ṣṣᵊriḥˌîm צְרִיחַ cellar
וּ û וְ and
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
בֹּרֹֽות׃ bbōrˈôṯ בֹּור cistern
13:6. quod cum vidissent viri Israhel se in arto sitos adflictus est enim populus absconderunt se in speluncis et in abditis in petris quoque et in antris et in cisternis
And when the men of Israel saw that they were straitened (for the people were distressed), they hid themselves in caves, and in thickets, and in rocks, and in dens, and in pits.
13:6. And when the men of Israel had seen themselves to be in a narrowed position, they hid themselves in caves, and in out of the way places, and in rocks, and in hollows, and in pits (for the people were distressed).
13:6. When the men of Israel saw that they were in a strait, (for the people were distressed,) then the people did hide themselves in caves, and in thickets, and in rocks, and in high places, and in pits.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
6-7: "Потому ли, что война была начата не по единодушному взрыву народного чувства, а по личным соображениям Саула; или потому, что гром железного оружия филистимлян наводил панический страх на евреев (см. прим. к 16: ст. IX гл.) , но вышло так, что евреи упали духом: только часть их последовала за Саулом в Галгал (для жертвоприношения Богу); наибольшая же масса спряталась в пещеры, в терновые кустарники, в ущелья гор, в башни и ямы; многие бросились даже за Иордан" (Я. Богородский, "Еврейские цари", с. 41).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:6: The people did hide themselves - They, being few in number, and totally unarmed as to swords and spears, were terrified at the very numerous and well-appointed army of the Philistines. Judea was full of rocks, caves, thickets, etc., where people might shelter themselves from their enemies. While some hid themselves, others fled beyond Jordan: and those who did cleave to Saul followed him trembling.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:8
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:6: In thickets - literally, "among thorns."
High places - Not the high places for worship, but holds or towers Jdg 9:46, Jdg 9:49; that particular kind of tower which was the work of the old Canaanite inhabitants, and which remained as ruins in the time of Saul.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:6: in a strait: Exo 14:10-12; Jos 8:20; Jdg 10:9, Jdg 20:41; Sa2 24:14; Phi 1:23
in caves: Sa1 14:11, Sa1 23:19, Sa1 24:3; Jdg 6:2; Isa 42:22; Heb 11:38
John Gill
When the men of Israel saw they were in a strait, for the people were distressed,.... By reason of the vast army that the Philistines brought into the field, greatly superior to theirs, and were likely to be encompassed by them on every side; so that nothing but destruction was expected, which gave them the utmost anxiety and uneasiness; though Abarbinel refers this last clause, not to the people of Israel, but to the people of the Philistines, and takes it in this sense:
for the people drew nigh; the army of the Philistines was approaching, and got near to them; and so they were in great danger of being quickly attacked by them, and destroyed, their numbers being so great:
then the people did hide themselves in caves; of which there were many in the land of Judea, capable of receiving a large number, as the cave of Adullam, the cave of Engedi, &c. and such as the Israelites made to hide themselves when oppressed by the Midianites, Judg 6:2.
and in thickets; woods and forests, or among thorns, as Jarchi; where there was a very great number of brambles and thorn bushes; some, as Kimchi, interpret the word of munitions, garrisons, and fortified places, to which they betook themselves:
in rocks, and in high places, and in pits; in the holes of rocks and mountains, particularly in Mount Ephraim; see 1Kings 14:22 and where there were any pits or ditches, high or deep places, where they might be out of sight, and be sheltered from their enemies.
John Wesley
Strait - Notwithstanding their former presumption that if they had a king, they should be free from all such straits. And hereby God intended to teach them the vanity of confidence in men; and that they did not one jot less need the help of God now, than they did when they had no king. And probably they were the more discouraged, because they did not find Samuel with Saul. Sooner or later men will be made to see, that God and his prophets are their best friends.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
THE ISRAELITES' DISTRESS. (1Kings 13:6-8)
When the men of Israel saw that they were in a strait--Though Saul's gallantry was unabated, his subjects displayed no degree of zeal and energy. Instead of venturing an encounter, they fled in all directions. Some, in their panic, left the country (1Kings 13:7), but most took refuge in the hiding-places which the broken ridges of the neighborhood abundantly afford. The rocks are perforated in every direction with "caves," and "holes," and "pits"--crevices and fissures sunk deep in the rocky soil, subterranean granaries or dry wells in the adjoining fields. The name of Michmash ("hidden treasure") seems to be derived from this natural peculiarity [STANLEY].
13:713:7: եւ որ անցանելոցն էին ընդ Յորդանան՝ անցին յերկիրն Գադայ եւ Գաղաադու[2949]։ Եւ Սաւուղ դեռ անդէ՛ն եւս էր ՚ի Գաղգաղա, եւ ամենայն ժողովուրդն թօթափեցա՛ն ՚ի նմանէ։[2949] Ոմանք. Ժողովուրդն թօթափեցաւ ՚ի նմանէ։
7 իսկ ոմանք անցան Յորդանան գետն ու գնացին Գադի եւ Գաղաադի երկիրը: Սաւուղը դեռ Գաղգաղայում էր, եւ ամբողջ ժողովուրդը դողում էր նրանից[13]:[13] 13. Եբրայերէնում՝ վախից դողալով՝ հետեւում էր նրան:
7 Կամ Յորդանանի հունը կտրելով Գադի ու Գաղաադի երկիրը անցան. բայց Սաւուղ դեռ Գաղգաղայի մէջ էր ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը դողալով անոր ետեւէն կ’երթային։
եւ [244]որ անցանելոցն էին ընդ Յորդանան` անցին`` յերկիրն Գադայ եւ Գաղաադու. եւ Սաւուղ դեռ անդէն եւս էր ի Գաղգաղա, եւ ամենայն ժողովուրդն [245]թօթափեցան ի նմանէ:

13:7: եւ որ անցանելոցն էին ընդ Յորդանան՝ անցին յերկիրն Գադայ եւ Գաղաադու[2949]։ Եւ Սաւուղ դեռ անդէ՛ն եւս էր ՚ի Գաղգաղա, եւ ամենայն ժողովուրդն թօթափեցա՛ն ՚ի նմանէ։
[2949] Ոմանք. Ժողովուրդն թօթափեցաւ ՚ի նմանէ։
7 իսկ ոմանք անցան Յորդանան գետն ու գնացին Գադի եւ Գաղաադի երկիրը: Սաւուղը դեռ Գաղգաղայում էր, եւ ամբողջ ժողովուրդը դողում էր նրանից[13]:
[13] 13. Եբրայերէնում՝ վախից դողալով՝ հետեւում էր նրան:
7 Կամ Յորդանանի հունը կտրելով Գադի ու Գաղաադի երկիրը անցան. բայց Սաւուղ դեռ Գաղգաղայի մէջ էր ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը դողալով անոր ետեւէն կ’երթային։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:713:7 а {некоторые} из Евреев переправились за Иордан в страну Гадову и Галаадскую; Саул же находился еще в Галгале, и весь народ, бывший с ним, находился в страхе.
13:8 καὶ και and; even διέλιπεν διαλειπω cease ἑπτὰ επτα seven ἡμέρας ημερα day τῷ ο the μαρτυρίῳ μαρτυριον evidence; testimony ὡς ως.1 as; how εἶπεν επω say; speak Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not παρεγένετο παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil εἰς εις into; for Γαλγαλα γαλγαλα and; even διεσπάρη διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and עִבְרִ֗ים ʕivrˈîm עִבְרִי Hebrew עָֽבְרוּ֙ ʕˈāvᵊrû עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth גָּ֖ד gˌāḏ גָּד Gad וְ wᵊ וְ and גִלְעָ֑ד ḡilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁאוּל֙ šāʔûl שָׁאוּל Saul עֹודֶ֣נּוּ ʕôḏˈennû עֹוד duration בַ va בְּ in † הַ the גִּלְגָּ֔ל ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people חָרְד֥וּ ḥārᵊḏˌû חרד tremble אַחֲרָֽיו׃ ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after
13:7. Hebraei autem transierunt Iordanem terram Gad et Galaad cumque adhuc esset Saul in Galgal universus populus perterritus est qui sequebatur eumAnd some of the Hebrews passed over the Jordan into the land of Gad and Galaad. And when Saul was yet in Galgal, all the people that followed him were greatly afraid.
7. Now some of the Hebrews had gone over Jordan to the land of Gad and Gilead; but as for Saul, he was yet in Gilgal, and all the people followed him trembling.
13:7. Then some of the Hebrews crossed over the Jordan, into the land of Gad and Gilead. And while Saul was still at Gilgal, the entire people who followed him were terrified.
13:7. And [some of] the Hebrews went over Jordan to the land of Gad and Gilead. As for Saul, he [was] yet in Gilgal, and all the people followed him trembling.
And [some of] the Hebrews went over Jordan to the land of Gad and Gilead. As for Saul, he [was] yet in Gilgal, and all the people followed him trembling:

13:7 а {некоторые} из Евреев переправились за Иордан в страну Гадову и Галаадскую; Саул же находился еще в Галгале, и весь народ, бывший с ним, находился в страхе.
13:8
καὶ και and; even
διέλιπεν διαλειπω cease
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
ἡμέρας ημερα day
τῷ ο the
μαρτυρίῳ μαρτυριον evidence; testimony
ὡς ως.1 as; how
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
παρεγένετο παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along
Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil
εἰς εις into; for
Γαλγαλα γαλγαλα and; even
διεσπάρη διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עִבְרִ֗ים ʕivrˈîm עִבְרִי Hebrew
עָֽבְרוּ֙ ʕˈāvᵊrû עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
גָּ֖ד gˌāḏ גָּד Gad
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גִלְעָ֑ד ḡilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁאוּל֙ šāʔûl שָׁאוּל Saul
עֹודֶ֣נּוּ ʕôḏˈennû עֹוד duration
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
גִּלְגָּ֔ל ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people
חָרְד֥וּ ḥārᵊḏˌû חרד tremble
אַחֲרָֽיו׃ ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after
13:7. Hebraei autem transierunt Iordanem terram Gad et Galaad cumque adhuc esset Saul in Galgal universus populus perterritus est qui sequebatur eum
And some of the Hebrews passed over the Jordan into the land of Gad and Galaad. And when Saul was yet in Galgal, all the people that followed him were greatly afraid.
13:7. Then some of the Hebrews crossed over the Jordan, into the land of Gad and Gilead. And while Saul was still at Gilgal, the entire people who followed him were terrified.
13:7. And [some of] the Hebrews went over Jordan to the land of Gad and Gilead. As for Saul, he [was] yet in Gilgal, and all the people followed him trembling.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:7: The words "some of," which are the emphatic words in the King James Version, as distinguishing those who crossed the Jordan from those who hid themselves, are not in the Hebrew at all. The "Hebrews" seem to be distinguished from the "men of Israel" in Sa1 13:6. (Compare Sa1 14:21.)
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:7: the Hebrews: Lev 26:17, Lev 26:36, Lev 26:37; Deu 28:25
Gad: Num 32:1-5, Num 32:33-42; Deu 3:12; Jos 13:24-31
followed him trembling: Heb. trembled after him, Deu 20:8; Jdg 7:3; Hos 11:10, Hos 11:11
Geneva 1599
And [some of] the Hebrews went over Jordan to the land of (f) Gad and Gilead. As for Saul, he [was] yet in Gilgal, and all the people followed him trembling.
(f) Where the two tribes and the half remained.
John Gill
And some of the Hebrews went over Jordan to the land of Gad and Gilead,.... As far off as they could from the Philistines, who lay on the west of the land of Israel, and these countries were to the east. Kimchi observes, that the land of Reuben is not mentioned, which was on the other side Jordan also; because that was nearer to it than what was inhabited by Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh; and therefore they chose to go further, thinking themselves there safer:
as for Saul, he was yet in Gilgal; where he stayed till Samuel should come to him, as directed, 1Kings 10:8 to have his advice and counsel:
and all the people followed him trembling; all that were with him, the army as distinct from the common people; they abode by him, and were at his command, and were ready to go where he should direct them; but with trembling hearts when they saw the pain of the people, fleeing into holes and corners, and considered what a huge host the Philistines were coming upon them with, and Samuel their prophet not with them to encourage and counsel them.
John Wesley
All the people - That is, all that were left.
13:813:8: Եւ դադարեա՛ց զեւթն օր վկայութեանն՝ որպէս եւ ասա՛ց Սամուէլ. եւ ո՛չ եկն Սամուէլ ՚ի Գաղգաղա, եւ ցրուեցա՛ւ ժողովուրդն իւր ՚ի նմանէ։
8 Նա եօթը օր սպասեց, ինչպէս նշանակել էր Սամուէլը, սակայն Սամուէլը Գաղգաղա չեկաւ, եւ մարդիկ սկսեցին նրան լքել:
8 Անիկա Սամուէլին որոշած ժամանակին չափ եօթը օր սպասեց, բայց Սամուէլ Գաղգաղա չեկաւ ու ժողովուրդը անոր քովէն ցրուեցաւ։
Եւ դադարեաց զեւթն օր վկայութեանն որպէս եւ ասաց Սամուէլ``. եւ ոչ եկն Սամուէլ ի Գաղգաղա. եւ ցրուեցաւ ժողովուրդն իւր ի նմանէ:

13:8: Եւ դադարեա՛ց զեւթն օր վկայութեանն՝ որպէս եւ ասա՛ց Սամուէլ. եւ ո՛չ եկն Սամուէլ ՚ի Գաղգաղա, եւ ցրուեցա՛ւ ժողովուրդն իւր ՚ի նմանէ։
8 Նա եօթը օր սպասեց, ինչպէս նշանակել էր Սամուէլը, սակայն Սամուէլը Գաղգաղա չեկաւ, եւ մարդիկ սկսեցին նրան լքել:
8 Անիկա Սամուէլին որոշած ժամանակին չափ եօթը օր սպասեց, բայց Սամուէլ Գաղգաղա չեկաւ ու ժողովուրդը անոր քովէն ցրուեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:813:8 И ждал он семь дней, до срока, {назначенного} Самуилом, а Самуил не приходил в Галгал; и стал народ разбегаться от него.
13:9 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul προσαγάγετε προσαγω lead toward; head toward ὅπως οπως that way; how ποιήσω ποιεω do; make ὁλοκαύτωσιν ολοκαυτωσις and; even εἰρηνικάς ειρηνικος peaceful καὶ και and; even ἀνήνεγκεν αναφερω bring up; carry up τὴν ο the ὁλοκαύτωσιν ολοκαυτωσις holocaust; whole burnt offering
13:8 וַו *wa וְ and יֹּ֣וחֶלייחל *yyˈôḥel יחל wait, to hope שִׁבְעַ֣ת šivʕˈaṯ שֶׁבַע seven יָמִ֗ים yāmˈîm יֹום day לַ la לְ to † הַ the מֹּועֵד֙ mmôʕˌēḏ מֹועֵד appointment אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] שְׁמוּאֵ֔ל šᵊmûʔˈēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹא־ lō- לֹא not בָ֥א vˌā בוא come שְׁמוּאֵ֖ל šᵊmûʔˌēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel הַ ha הַ the גִּלְגָּ֑ל ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal וַ wa וְ and יָּ֥פֶץ yyˌāfeṣ פוץ disperse הָ hā הַ the עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people מֵ mē מִן from עָלָֽיו׃ ʕālˈāʸw עַל upon
13:8. et expectavit septem diebus iuxta placitum Samuhel et non venit Samuhel in Galgala dilapsusque est populus ab eoAnd he waited seven days, according to the appointment of Samuel, and Samuel came not to Galgal, and the people slipt away from him.
8. And he tarried seven days, according to the set time that Samuel had : but Samuel came not to Gilgal; and the people were scattered from him.
13:8. But he waited for seven days, in accord with what was agreed with Samuel. But Samuel did not arrive at Gilgal, for the people were scattering away from him.
13:8. And he tarried seven days, according to the set time that Samuel [had appointed]: but Samuel came not to Gilgal; and the people were scattered from him.
And he tarried seven days, according to the set time that Samuel [had appointed]: but Samuel came not to Gilgal; and the people were scattered from him:

13:8 И ждал он семь дней, до срока, {назначенного} Самуилом, а Самуил не приходил в Галгал; и стал народ разбегаться от него.
13:9
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
προσαγάγετε προσαγω lead toward; head toward
ὅπως οπως that way; how
ποιήσω ποιεω do; make
ὁλοκαύτωσιν ολοκαυτωσις and; even
εἰρηνικάς ειρηνικος peaceful
καὶ και and; even
ἀνήνεγκεν αναφερω bring up; carry up
τὴν ο the
ὁλοκαύτωσιν ολοκαυτωσις holocaust; whole burnt offering
13:8
וַו
*wa וְ and
יֹּ֣וחֶלייחל
*yyˈôḥel יחל wait, to hope
שִׁבְעַ֣ת šivʕˈaṯ שֶׁבַע seven
יָמִ֗ים yāmˈîm יֹום day
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מֹּועֵד֙ mmôʕˌēḏ מֹועֵד appointment
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שְׁמוּאֵ֔ל šᵊmûʔˈēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
בָ֥א vˌā בוא come
שְׁמוּאֵ֖ל šᵊmûʔˌēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְגָּ֑ל ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֥פֶץ yyˌāfeṣ פוץ disperse
הָ הַ the
עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people
מֵ מִן from
עָלָֽיו׃ ʕālˈāʸw עַל upon
13:8. et expectavit septem diebus iuxta placitum Samuhel et non venit Samuhel in Galgala dilapsusque est populus ab eo
And he waited seven days, according to the appointment of Samuel, and Samuel came not to Galgal, and the people slipt away from him.
13:8. But he waited for seven days, in accord with what was agreed with Samuel. But Samuel did not arrive at Gilgal, for the people were scattering away from him.
13:8. And he tarried seven days, according to the set time that Samuel [had appointed]: but Samuel came not to Gilgal; and the people were scattered from him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
8-14: См. прим. к 6: ст. VII гл. и к 8: ст. X гл. Не исполнив воли пророка Господня, Саул нарушил не простую формальность, а один из существеннейших законов, положенных в основу власти еврейского царя (Втор. XVII:14-20). И пророк Самуил, как верный страж теократии еврейского народа, не мог оставить это нарушение закона без энергичного протеста и обличения.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Saul Reproved by Samuel; Sentence Passed upon Saul. B. C. 1067.

8 And he tarried seven days, according to the set time that Samuel had appointed: but Samuel came not to Gilgal; and the people were scattered from him. 9 And Saul said, Bring hither a burnt offering to me, and peace offerings. And he offered the burnt offering. 10 And it came to pass, that as soon as he had made an end of offering the burnt offering, behold, Samuel came; and Saul went out to meet him, that he might salute him. 11 And Samuel said, What hast thou done? And Saul said, Because I saw that the people were scattered from me, and that thou camest not within the days appointed, and that the Philistines gathered themselves together at Michmash; 12 Therefore said I, The Philistines will come down now upon me to Gilgal, and I have not made supplication unto the LORD: I forced myself therefore, and offered a burnt offering. 13 And Samuel said to Saul, Thou hast done foolishly: thou hast not kept the commandment of the LORD thy God, which he commanded thee: for now would the LORD have established thy kingdom upon Israel for ever. 14 But now thy kingdom shall not continue: the LORD hath sought him a man after his own heart, and the LORD hath commanded him to be captain over his people, because thou hast not kept that which the LORD commanded thee.
Here is, I. Saul's offence in offering sacrifice before Samuel came. Samuel, when he anointed him, had ordered him to tarry for him seven days in Gilgal, promising that, at the end of those days, he would be sure to come to him, and both offer sacrifices for him and direct him what he should do. This we had ch. x. 8. Perhaps that order, though inserted there, was given him afterwards, or was given him as a general rule to be observed in every public congress at Gilgal, or, as is most probable, though not mentioned again, was lately repeated with reference to this particular occasion; for it is plain that Saul himself understood it as obliging him from God now to stay till Samuel came, else he would not have made so many excuses as he did for not staying, v. 11. This order Saul broke. He staid till the seventh day, yet had not patience to wait till the end of the seventh day. Perhaps he began to reproach Samuel as false to his word, careless of his country, and disrespectful of his prince, and thought it more fit that Samuel should wait for him than he for Samuel. However, 1. He presumed to offer sacrifice without Samuel, and nothing appears to the contrary but that he did it himself, though he was neither priest nor prophet, as if, because he was a king, he might do any thing, a piece of presumption which king Uzziah paid dearly for, 2 Chron. xxvi. 16, &c. 2. He determined to engage the Philistines without Samuel's directions, though he had promised to show him what he should do. So self-sufficient Saul was that he thought it not worth while to stay for a prophet of the Lord, either to pray for him or to advise him. This was Saul's offence, and that which aggravated it was, (1.) That for aught that appears, he did not send any messenger to Samuel, to know his mind, to represent the case to him, and to receive fresh directions from him, though he had enough about him that were swift enough of foot at this time. (2.) That when Samuel came he rather seemed to boast of what he had done than to repent of it; for he went forth to salute him, as his brother-sacrificer, and seemed pleased with the opportunity he had of letting Samuel know that he needed him not, but could do well enough without him. He went out to bless him, so the word is, as if he now thought himself a complete priest, empowered to bless as well as sacrifice, whereas he should have gone out to be blessed by him. (3.) That he charged Samuel with breach of promise: Thou camest not within the days appointed (v. 11), and therefore if any thing was amiss Samuel must bear the blame, who was God's minister; whereas he did come according to his word, before the seven days had expired. Thus the scoffers of the latter days think the promise of Christ's coming is broken, because he does not come in their time, though it is certain he will come at the set time. (4.) That when he was charged with disobedience he justified himself in what he had done, and gave no sign at all of repentance for it. It is not sinning that ruins men, but sinning and not repenting, falling and not getting up again. See what excuses he made, v. 11, 12. He would have this act of disobedience pass, [1.] For an instance of his prudence. The people were most of them scattered from him, and he had no other way than this to keep those with him that remained and to prevent their deserting too. If Samuel neglected the public concerns, he would not. [2.] For an instance of his piety. He would be thought very devout, and in great care not to engage the Philistines till he had by prayer and sacrifice engaged God on his side: "The Philistines," said he, "will come down upon me, before I have made my supplication to the Lord, and then I am undone. What! go to war before I have said my prayers!" Thus he covered his disobedience to God's command with a pretence of concern for God's favour. Hypocrites lay a great stress upon the external performances of religion, thinking thereby to excuse their neglect of the weightier matters of the law. And yet, lastly, He owns it went against his conscience to do it: I forced myself and offered a burnt-offering, perhaps boasting that he had broken through his convictions and got the better of them, or at least thinking this extenuated his fault, that he knew he should not have done as he did, but did it with reluctancy. Foolish man! to think that God would be well pleased with sacrifices offered in direct opposition both to his general and particular command.
II. The sentence passed upon Saul for this offence. Samuel found him standing by his burnt-offering, but, instead of an answer of peace, was sent to him with heavy tidings, and let him know that the sacrifice of the wicked is abomination to the Lord, much more when he brings it, as Saul did, with a wicked mind. 1. He shows him the aggravations of his crime, and says to this king, Thou art wicked, which it is not for any but a prophet of the Lord to say, Job xxxiv. 18. He charges him with being an enemy to himself and his interest--Thou hast done foolishly, and a rebel to God and his government--"Thou hast not kept the commandment of the Lord thy God, that commandment wherewith he intended to try thy obedience." Note, Those that disobey the commandments of God do foolishly for themselves. Sin is folly, and sinners are the greatest fools. 2. He reads his doom (v. 14): "Thy kingdom shall not continue long to thee or thy family; God has his eye upon another, a man after his own heart, and not like thee, that will have thy own will and way." The sentence is in effect the same with Mene tekel, only now there seems room left for Saul's repentance, upon which this sentence would have been reversed; but, upon the next act of disobedience, it was made irreversible, ch. xv. 29. And now, better a thousand times he had continued in obscurity tending his asses than to be enthroned and so soon dethroned. But was not this hard, to pass so severe a sentence upon him and his house for a single error, an error that seemed so small, and in excuse for which he had so much to say? No, The Lord is righteous in all his ways and does no man any wrong, will be justified when he speaks and clear when he judges. By this, (1.) He shows that there is no sin little, because no little god to sin against; but that every sin is a forfeiture of the heavenly kingdom, for which we stood fair. (2.) He shows that disobedience to an express command, though in a small matter, is a great provocation, as in the case of our first parents. (3.) He warns us to take heed of our spirits, for that which to men may seem but a small offence, yet to him that knows from what principle and with what disposition of mind it is done, may appear a heinous crime. (4.) God, in rejecting Saul for an error seemingly little, sets off, as by a foil, the lustre of his mercy in forgiving such great sins as those of David, Manasseh, and others. (5.) We are taught hereby how necessary it is that we wait on our God continually. Saul lost his kingdom for want of two or three hours' patience.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:8: He tarried seven days according to the set time - Samuel in the beginning had told Saul to wait seven days, and he would come to him, and show him what to do, Sa1 10:8. What is here said cannot be understood of that appointment, but of a different one. Samuel had at this time promised to come to him within seven days, and he kept his word, for we find him there before the day was ended; but as Saul found he did not come at the beginning of the seventh day, he became impatient, took the whole business into his own hand, and acted the parts of prophet, priest, and king; and thus he attempted a most essential change in the Israelitish constitution. In it the king, the prophet, and the priest, are in their nature perfectly distinct. What such a rash person might have done, if he had not been deprived of his authority, who can tell? But his conduct on this occasion sufficiently justifies that deprivation. That he was a rash and headstrong man is also proved by his senseless adjuration of the people about food, Sa1 14:24, and his unfeeling resolution to put the brave Jonathan, his own son, to death, because he had unwittingly acted contrary to this adjuration, Sa1 14:44. Saul appears to have been a brave and honest man, but he had few of those qualities which are proper for a king, or the governor of a people.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:9
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:8: Had appointed - This appointment has of course nothing whatever to do with that made years before Sa1 10:8, the keeping of which is expressly mentioned at the natural time Sa1 11:15. But Samuel had again, on this later occasion, made an appointment at the end of seven days. It seems to have been as a trial of faith and obedience, under which, this time, Saul unhappily broke down.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:8: tarried: Sa1 10:8
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Saul's untimely sacrifice. - 1Kings 13:8, 1Kings 13:9. Saul waited seven days for Samuel's coming, according to the time appointed by Samuel (see at 1Kings 10:8), before proceeding to offer the sacrifices through which the help of the Lord was to be secured for the approaching campaign (see 1Kings 13:12); and as Samuel did not come, the people began to disperse and leave him. The Kethib וייחל is either the Niphal ויּיּחל, as in Gen 8:12, or Piel וייחל; and the Keri ויּוחל (Hiphil) is unnecessary. The verb יעד may easily be supplied to שׁמוּאל אשׁר from the word למּועד (see Ges. Lehrgeb. p. 851).
1Kings 13:9
Saul then resolved, in his anxiety lest the people should lose all heart and forsake him altogether if there were any further delay, that he would offer the sacrifice without Samuel. העולה ויּעל does not imply that Saul offered the sacrifice with his own hand, i.e., that he performed the priestly function upon this occasion. The co-operation of the priests in performing the duties belonging to them on such an occasion is taken for granted, just as in the case of the sacrifices offered by David and Solomon (2Kings 24:25; 3Kings 3:4; 3Kings 8:63).
1Kings 13:10-12
The offering of the sacrifice was hardly finished when Samuel came and said to Saul, as he came to meet him and salute him, "What hast thou done?" Saul replied, "When I saw that the people were scattered away from me, and thou camest not at the time appointed, and the Philistines were assembled at Michmash, I thought the Philistines will come down to me to Gilgal now (to attack me), before I have entreated the face of Jehovah; and I overcame myself, and offered the burnt-offering." יי פּני חלּה: see Ex 32:11.
1Kings 13:13-14
Samuel replied, "Thou hast acted foolishly, (and) not kept the commandment of Jehovah thy God, which He commanded thee: for now (sc., if thou hadst obeyed His commandment) Jehovah would have established thy sovereignty over Israel for ever; but now (sc., since thou hast acted thus) thy sovereignty shall not continue." The antithesis of הכין עתּה and תקוּם לא ועתּה requires that we should understand these two clauses conditionally. The conditional clauses are omitted, simply because they are at once suggested by the tenor of the address (see Ewald, 358, a.). The כּי (for) assigns the reason, and refers to נסכּלתּ ("thou hast done foolishly"), the וגו שׁמרתּ לא being merely added as explanatory. The non-continuance of the sovereignty is not to be regarded as a rejection, or as signifying that Saul had actually lost the throne so far as he himself was concerned; but תקוּם לא (shall not continue) forms the antithesis to עד־עולם הכין (established for ever), and refers to the fact that it was not established in perpetuity by being transmitted to his descendants. It was not till his second transgression that Saul was rejected, or declared unworthy of being king over the people of God (1 Samuel 15). We are not compelled to assume an immediate rejection of Saul even by the further announcement made by Samuel, "Jehovah hath sought him a man after his own heart; him hath Jehovah appointed prince over His people;" for these words merely announce the purpose of God, without defining the time of its actual realization. Whether it would take place during Saul's reign, or not till after his death, was known only to God, and was made contingent upon Saul's further behaviour. But if Saul's sin did not consist, as we have observed above, in his having interfered with the prerogatives of the priests by offering the sacrifice himself, but simply in the fact that he had transgressed the commandment of God as revealed to him by Samuel, to postpone the sacrifice until Samuel arrived, the punishment which the prophet announced that God would inflict upon him in consequence appears a very severe one, since Saul had not come to the resolution either frivolously or presumptuously, but had been impelled and almost forced to act as he did by the difficulties in which he was placed in consequence of the prophet delaying his coming. But wherever, as in the present instance, there is a definite command given by the Lord, a man has no right to allow himself to be induced to transgress it, by fixing his attention upon the earthly circumstances in which he is placed. As Samuel had instructed Saul, as a direct command from Jehovah, to wait for his arrival before offering sacrifice, Saul might have trusted in the Lord that he would send His prophet at the right time and cause His command to be fulfilled, and ought not to have allowed his confidence to be shaken by the pressing danger of delay. The interval of seven days and the delay in Samuel's arrival were intended as a test of his faith, which he ought not to have lightly disregarded. Moreover, the matter in hand was the commencement of the war against the principal enemies of Israel, and Samuel was to tell him what he was to do (1Kings 10:8). So that when Saul proceeded with the consecrating sacrifice for that very conflict, without the presence of Samuel, he showed clearly enough that he thought he could make war upon the enemies of his kingdom without the counsel and assistance of God. This was an act of rebellion against the sovereignty of Jehovah, for which the punishment announced was by no means too severe.
1Kings 13:15
After this occurrence Samuel went up to Gibeah, and Saul mustered the people who were with him, about six hundred men. Consequently Saul had not even accomplished the object of his unseasonable sacrifice, namely, to prevent the dispersion of the people. With this remark the account of the occurrence that decided the fate of Saul's monarchy is brought to a close.
Geneva 1599
And he tarried seven days, according to the set time that Samuel [had appointed]: but Samuel came not to Gilgal; and the people were (g) scattered from him.
(g) Thinking that the absence of the prophet was a sign, that they would lose the victory.
John Gill
And he tarried seven days, according to the set time that Samuel had appointed,.... He tarried to the seventh day, but not to the end of it, or towards the close of it, as he should have done:
but Samuel came not to Gilgal; so soon as Saul expected:
and the people were scattered from him; many deserted him, the Philistines drawing nigh, and Samuel not coming, as Saul expected, and had given the people reason to expect.
John Wesley
Seven days - Not seven compleat days; for the last day was not finished.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
he--that is, Saul.
tarried seven days--He was still in the eastern borders of his kingdom, in the valley of Jordan. Some bolder spirits had ventured to join the camp at Gilgal; but even the courage of those stout-hearted men gave way in prospect of this terrible visitation; and as many of them were stealing away, he thought some immediate and decided step must be taken.
13:913:9: Եւ ասէ Սաւուղ. Մատուցէ՛ք զի արարից ողջակէզս եւ խաղաղականս։ Եւ եհա՛ն զողջակէզսն։
9 Սաւուղն ասաց. «Մօ՛տ եկէք, որ ողջակէզներ ու խաղաղութեան զոհեր մատուցեմ»:
9 Ու Սաւուղ ըսաւ. «Ողջակէզը ու խաղաղութեան զոհը իմ մօտ բերէք»։ Ինք ողջակէզը մատուցանեց։
Եւ ասէ Սաւուղ. [246]Մատուցէք զի արարից`` ողջակէզս եւ խաղաղականս: Եւ եհան զողջակէզսն:

13:9: Եւ ասէ Սաւուղ. Մատուցէ՛ք զի արարից ողջակէզս եւ խաղաղականս։ Եւ եհա՛ն զողջակէզսն։
9 Սաւուղն ասաց. «Մօ՛տ եկէք, որ ողջակէզներ ու խաղաղութեան զոհեր մատուցեմ»:
9 Ու Սաւուղ ըսաւ. «Ողջակէզը ու խաղաղութեան զոհը իմ մօտ բերէք»։ Ինք ողջակէզը մատուցանեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:913:9 И сказал Саул: приведите ко мне, что {назначено} для жертвы всесожжения и для жертв мирных. И вознес всесожжение.
13:10 καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become ὡς ως.1 as; how συνετέλεσεν συντελεω consummate; finish ἀναφέρων αναφερω bring up; carry up τὴν ο the ὁλοκαύτωσιν ολοκαυτωσις and; even Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil παραγίνεται παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along καὶ και and; even ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul εἰς εις into; for ἀπάντησιν απαντησις encounter; escort αὐτῷ αυτος he; him εὐλογῆσαι ευλογεω commend; acclaim αὐτόν αυτος he; him
13:9 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul הַגִּ֣שׁוּ haggˈišû נגשׁ approach אֵלַ֔י ʔēlˈay אֶל to הָ hā הַ the עֹלָ֖ה ʕōlˌā עֹלָה burnt-offering וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the שְּׁלָמִ֑ים ššᵊlāmˈîm שֶׁלֶם final offer וַ wa וְ and יַּ֖עַל yyˌaʕal עלה ascend הָ hā הַ the עֹלָֽה׃ ʕōlˈā עֹלָה burnt-offering
13:9. ait ergo Saul adferte mihi holocaustum et pacifica et obtulit holocaustumThen Saul said: Bring me the holocaust, and the peace offerings. And he offered the holocaust.
9. And Saul said, Bring hither the burnt offering to me, and the peace offerings. And he offered the burnt offering.
13:9. Therefore, Saul said, “Bring me the holocaust and the peace offerings.” And he offered the holocaust.
13:9. And Saul said, Bring hither a burnt offering to me, and peace offerings. And he offered the burnt offering.
And Saul said, Bring hither a burnt offering to me, and peace offerings. And he offered the burnt offering:

13:9 И сказал Саул: приведите ко мне, что {назначено} для жертвы всесожжения и для жертв мирных. И вознес всесожжение.
13:10
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
ὡς ως.1 as; how
συνετέλεσεν συντελεω consummate; finish
ἀναφέρων αναφερω bring up; carry up
τὴν ο the
ὁλοκαύτωσιν ολοκαυτωσις and; even
Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil
παραγίνεται παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along
καὶ και and; even
ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
εἰς εις into; for
ἀπάντησιν απαντησις encounter; escort
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
εὐλογῆσαι ευλογεω commend; acclaim
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
13:9
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
הַגִּ֣שׁוּ haggˈišû נגשׁ approach
אֵלַ֔י ʔēlˈay אֶל to
הָ הַ the
עֹלָ֖ה ʕōlˌā עֹלָה burnt-offering
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׁלָמִ֑ים ššᵊlāmˈîm שֶׁלֶם final offer
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֖עַל yyˌaʕal עלה ascend
הָ הַ the
עֹלָֽה׃ ʕōlˈā עֹלָה burnt-offering
13:9. ait ergo Saul adferte mihi holocaustum et pacifica et obtulit holocaustum
Then Saul said: Bring me the holocaust, and the peace offerings. And he offered the holocaust.
13:9. Therefore, Saul said, “Bring me the holocaust and the peace offerings.” And he offered the holocaust.
13:9. And Saul said, Bring hither a burnt offering to me, and peace offerings. And he offered the burnt offering.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:9: And he offered the burnt-offering - This was most perfectly unconstitutional; he had no authority to offer, or cause to be offered, any of the Lord's sacrifices.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:10
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:9: There is a difference of opinion among commentators whether Saul himself offered the sacrifices prepared for Samuel, thus entrenching upon the priest's office; or whether he ordered the priests to sacrifice, as Solomon did. In the latter case his sin consisted in disobeying the word of God, who had bidden him wait until Samuel came. And this is, on the whole, the more probable; since Samuel's rebuke says nothing of any assumption of priesthood, such as we read in the case of Uzziah Ch2 26:18.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:9: he offered: Sa1 13:12, Sa1 13:13, Sa1 14:18, Sa1 15:21, Sa1 15:22; Deu 12:6; Kg1 3:4; Psa 37:7; Pro 15:8; Pro 20:22, Pro 21:3, Pro 21:27; Isa 66:3
John Gill
And Saul said,.... Being impatient, and seeing the people deserting him apace, and unwilling to engage in a battle without first sacrificing to God, and imploring his help and assistance:
bring hither a burnt offering to me; that is, a creature for a burnt offering, a bullock, sheep, goat, or lamb:
and peace offerings; which also were either of the herd, or of the flock:
and he offered the burnt offering; either he himself, or by a priest. In this unsettled time, while the tabernacle, altar, and ark, were at different places, and not yet fixed, it is thought that such who were not priests might offer, and that in high places, and where the tabernacle and altar were not.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
SAUL, WEARY OF WAITING FOR SAMUEL, SACRIFICES. (1Kings 13:9-16)
Saul said, Bring hither a burnt offering to me, and peace offerings--Saul, though patriotic enough in his own way, was more ambitious of gaining the glory of a triumph to himself than ascribing it to God. He did not understand his proper position as king of Israel; and although aware of the restrictions under which he held the sovereignty, he wished to rule as an autocrat, who possessed absolute power both in civil and sacred things. This occasion was his first trial. Samuel waited till the last day of the seven, in order to put the constitutional character of the king to the test; and, as Saul, in his impatient and passionate haste knowingly transgressed (1Kings 13:12) by invading the priest's office and thus showing his unfitness for his high office (as he showed nothing of the faith of Gideon and other Hebrew generals), he incurred a threat of the rejection which his subsequent waywardness confirmed.
13:1013:10: Եւ եղեւ իբրեւ կատարեա՛ց մատուցանել զողջակէզսն, ե՛կն Սամուէլ. եւ ել Սաւուղ ընդ առաջ նորա օրհնե՛լ զնա։
10 Եւ ինքը ողջակէզ մատուցեց: Երբ ողջակէզ մատուցելը վերջացրեց, եկաւ Սամուէլը: Սաւուղն ընդառաջ գնաց նրան դիմաւորելու եւ ողջունելու:
10 Երբ անիկա ողջակէզը մատուցանելը լմնցուց, այն ատեն Սամուէլ եկաւ եւ Սաւուղ ելաւ զանիկա դիմաւորելու ու բարեւելու։
Եւ եղեւ իբրեւ կատարեաց մատուցանել զողջակէզսն, եկն Սամուէլ. եւ ել Սաւուղ ընդ առաջ նորա օրհնել զնա:

13:10: Եւ եղեւ իբրեւ կատարեա՛ց մատուցանել զողջակէզսն, ե՛կն Սամուէլ. եւ ել Սաւուղ ընդ առաջ նորա օրհնե՛լ զնա։
10 Եւ ինքը ողջակէզ մատուցեց: Երբ ողջակէզ մատուցելը վերջացրեց, եկաւ Սամուէլը: Սաւուղն ընդառաջ գնաց նրան դիմաւորելու եւ ողջունելու:
10 Երբ անիկա ողջակէզը մատուցանելը լմնցուց, այն ատեն Սամուէլ եկաւ եւ Սաւուղ ելաւ զանիկա դիմաւորելու ու բարեւելու։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1013:10 Но едва кончил он возношение всесожжения, вот, приходит Самуил; и вышел Саул к нему навстречу, чтобы приветствовать его.
13:11 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil τί τις.1 who?; what? πεποίηκας ποιεω do; make καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul ὅτι οτι since; that εἶδον οραω view; see ὡς ως.1 as; how διεσπάρη διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population ἀπ᾿ απο from; away ἐμοῦ εμου my καὶ και and; even σὺ συ you οὐ ου not παρεγένου παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along ὡς ως.1 as; how διετάξω διατασσω give orders; ordain ἐν εν in τῷ ο the μαρτυρίῳ μαρτυριον evidence; testimony τῶν ο the ἡμερῶν ημερα day καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner συνήχθησαν συναγω gather εἰς εις into; for Μαχεμας μαχεμας Machemas; Makhemas
13:10 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֗י yᵊhˈî היה be כְּ kᵊ כְּ as כַלֹּתֹו֙ ḵallōṯˌô כלה be complete לְ lᵊ לְ to הַעֲלֹ֣ות haʕᵃlˈôṯ עלה ascend הָ hā הַ the עֹלָ֔ה ʕōlˈā עֹלָה burnt-offering וְ wᵊ וְ and הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold שְׁמוּאֵ֖ל šᵊmûʔˌēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel בָּ֑א bˈā בוא come וַ wa וְ and יֵּצֵ֥א yyēṣˌē יצא go out שָׁא֛וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul לִ li לְ to קְרָאתֹ֖ו qᵊrāṯˌô קרא encounter לְ lᵊ לְ to בָרֲכֹֽו׃ vārᵃḵˈô ברך bless
13:10. cumque conplesset offerens holocaustum ecce Samuhel veniebat et egressus est Saul obviam ei ut salutaret eumAnd when he had made an end of offering the holocaust, behold Samuel came: and Saul went forth to meet him and salute him.
10. And it came to pass that, as soon as he had made an end of offering the burnt offering, behold, Samuel came; and Saul went out to meet him, that he might salute him.
13:10. And when he had completed the offering of the holocaust, behold, Samuel arrived. And Saul went out to meet him, so that he might greet him.
13:10. And it came to pass, that as soon as he had made an end of offering the burnt offering, behold, Samuel came; and Saul went out to meet him, that he might salute him.
And it came to pass, that as soon as he had made an end of offering the burnt offering, behold, Samuel came; and Saul went out to meet him, that he might salute him:

13:10 Но едва кончил он возношение всесожжения, вот, приходит Самуил; и вышел Саул к нему навстречу, чтобы приветствовать его.
13:11
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil
τί τις.1 who?; what?
πεποίηκας ποιεω do; make
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
ὅτι οτι since; that
εἶδον οραω view; see
ὡς ως.1 as; how
διεσπάρη διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
ἐμοῦ εμου my
καὶ και and; even
σὺ συ you
οὐ ου not
παρεγένου παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along
ὡς ως.1 as; how
διετάξω διατασσω give orders; ordain
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
μαρτυρίῳ μαρτυριον evidence; testimony
τῶν ο the
ἡμερῶν ημερα day
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner
συνήχθησαν συναγω gather
εἰς εις into; for
Μαχεμας μαχεμας Machemas; Makhemas
13:10
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֗י yᵊhˈî היה be
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
כַלֹּתֹו֙ ḵallōṯˌô כלה be complete
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הַעֲלֹ֣ות haʕᵃlˈôṯ עלה ascend
הָ הַ the
עֹלָ֔ה ʕōlˈā עֹלָה burnt-offering
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold
שְׁמוּאֵ֖ל šᵊmûʔˌēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel
בָּ֑א bˈā בוא come
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּצֵ֥א yyēṣˌē יצא go out
שָׁא֛וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
לִ li לְ to
קְרָאתֹ֖ו qᵊrāṯˌô קרא encounter
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בָרֲכֹֽו׃ vārᵃḵˈô ברך bless
13:10. cumque conplesset offerens holocaustum ecce Samuhel veniebat et egressus est Saul obviam ei ut salutaret eum
And when he had made an end of offering the holocaust, behold Samuel came: and Saul went forth to meet him and salute him.
13:10. And when he had completed the offering of the holocaust, behold, Samuel arrived. And Saul went out to meet him, so that he might greet him.
13:10. And it came to pass, that as soon as he had made an end of offering the burnt offering, behold, Samuel came; and Saul went out to meet him, that he might salute him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:10: Behold, Samuel came - Samuel was punctual to his appointment; one hour longer of delay would have prevented every evil, and by it no good would have been lost. How often are the effects of precipitation fatal!
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:11
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:10: Saul: Sa1 15:13
salute him: Heb. bless him, Sa1 15:13; Rut 2:4; Psa 129:8
John Gill
And it came to pass, that as soon as he had made an end of offering the burn offering,.... And before he could offer the peace offerings:
behold, Samuel came; and it was told Saul that he was come:
and Saul went out to meet him; left off sacrificing, and would proceed no further, leaving the rest for Samuel and out of respect to him, and to prevent a chiding of him, he went forth to meet him:
that he might salute him, or "bless him" (c); congratulate him on his coming, ask of his health and welfare, and wish him all peace and prosperity.
(c) "ad benedicendum ei", Montanus.
13:1113:11: Եւ ասէ Սամուէլ. Զի՞նչ գործեցեր։ Եւ ասէ Սաւուղ. Զի տեսի թէ ցրուեցա՛ւ ժողովուրդ իմ յինէն, եւ դու ո՛չ եկիր որպէս ուխտեցեր ՚ի վկայութեան աւուրցն. եւ այլազգիքն ժողովեցան ՚ի Մաքմաս.
11 Սամուէլն ասաց. «Այդ ի՞նչ ես արել»: Սաւուղն ասաց. «Երբ տեսայ, որ իմ ժողովուրդն սկսեց ինձ լքել, եւ դու չեկար քո նշանակած օրը,
11 Սամուէլ ըսաւ. «Ի՞նչ ըրիր»։ Սաւուղ ըսաւ. «Տեսայ թէ ժողովուրդը իմ քովէս կը ցրուի ու դուն քու որոշած օրերուդ մէջ չեկար ու Փղշտացիները Մաքմասի մէջ հաւաքուած են, ըսի.
Եւ ասէ Սամուէլ. Զի՞նչ գործեցեր: Եւ ասէ Սաւուղ. Զի տեսի թէ ցրուեցաւ ժողովուրդ իմ յինէն, եւ դու ոչ եկիր [247]որպէս ուխտեցեր ի վկայութեան`` աւուրցն, եւ այլազգիքն ժողովեցան ի Մաքմաս:

13:11: Եւ ասէ Սամուէլ. Զի՞նչ գործեցեր։ Եւ ասէ Սաւուղ. Զի տեսի թէ ցրուեցա՛ւ ժողովուրդ իմ յինէն, եւ դու ո՛չ եկիր որպէս ուխտեցեր ՚ի վկայութեան աւուրցն. եւ այլազգիքն ժողովեցան ՚ի Մաքմաս.
11 Սամուէլն ասաց. «Այդ ի՞նչ ես արել»: Սաւուղն ասաց. «Երբ տեսայ, որ իմ ժողովուրդն սկսեց ինձ լքել, եւ դու չեկար քո նշանակած օրը,
11 Սամուէլ ըսաւ. «Ի՞նչ ըրիր»։ Սաւուղ ըսաւ. «Տեսայ թէ ժողովուրդը իմ քովէս կը ցրուի ու դուն քու որոշած օրերուդ մէջ չեկար ու Փղշտացիները Մաքմասի մէջ հաւաքուած են, ըսի.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1113:11 Но Самуил сказал: что ты сделал? Саул отвечал: я видел, что народ разбегается от меня, а ты не приходил к назначенному времени; Филистимляне же собрались в Михмасе;
13:12 καὶ και and; even εἶπα επω say; speak νῦν νυν now; present καταβήσονται καταβαινω step down; descend οἱ ο the ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner πρός προς to; toward με με me εἰς εις into; for Γαλγαλα γαλγαλα and; even τοῦ ο the προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of τοῦ ο the κυρίου κυριος lord; master οὐκ ου not ἐδεήθην δεω bind; tie καὶ και and; even ἐνεκρατευσάμην εγκρατευομαι have fortitude; control self καὶ και and; even ἀνήνεγκα αναφερω bring up; carry up τὴν ο the ὁλοκαύτωσιν ολοκαυτωσις holocaust; whole burnt offering
13:11 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say שְׁמוּאֵ֖ל šᵊmûʔˌēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel מֶ֣ה mˈeh מָה what עָשִׂ֑יתָ ʕāśˈîṯā עשׂה make וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say שָׁא֡וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that רָאִיתִי֩ rāʔîṯˌî ראה see כִֽי־ ḵˈî- כִּי that נָפַ֨ץ nāfˌaṣ נפץ shatter הָ hā הַ the עָ֜ם ʕˈām עַם people מֵ mē מִן from עָלַ֗י ʕālˈay עַל upon וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you לֹא־ lō- לֹא not בָ֨אתָ֙ vˈāṯā בוא come לְ lᵊ לְ to מֹועֵ֣ד môʕˈēḏ מֹועֵד appointment הַ ha הַ the יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day וּ û וְ and פְלִשְׁתִּ֖ים fᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine נֶאֱסָפִ֥ים neʔᵉsāfˌîm אסף gather מִכְמָֽשׂ׃ miḵmˈāś מִכְמָשׂ Micmash
13:11. locutusque est ad eum Samuhel quid fecisti respondit Saul quia vidi quod dilaberetur populus a me et tu non veneras iuxta placitos dies porro Philisthim congregati fuerant in MachmasAnd Samuel said to him: What hast thou done? Saul answered: Because I saw that the people slipt from me, and thou wast not come according to the days appointed, and the Philistines were gathered together in Machmas,
11. And Samuel said, What hast thou done? And Saul said, Because I saw that the people were scattered from me, and that thou camest not within the days appointed, and that the Philistines assembled themselves together at Michmash;
13:11. And Samuel said to him, “What have you done?” Saul responded: “Since I saw that the people were scattering away from me, and you had not arrived after the agreed upon days, and yet the Philistines had gathered together at Michmash,
13:11. And Samuel said, What hast thou done? And Saul said, Because I saw that the people were scattered from me, and [that] thou camest not within the days appointed, and [that] the Philistines gathered themselves together at Michmash;
And Samuel said, What hast thou done? And Saul said, Because I saw that the people were scattered from me, and [that] thou camest not within the days appointed, and [that] the Philistines gathered themselves together at Michmash:

13:11 Но Самуил сказал: что ты сделал? Саул отвечал: я видел, что народ разбегается от меня, а ты не приходил к назначенному времени; Филистимляне же собрались в Михмасе;
13:12
καὶ και and; even
εἶπα επω say; speak
νῦν νυν now; present
καταβήσονται καταβαινω step down; descend
οἱ ο the
ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
εἰς εις into; for
Γαλγαλα γαλγαλα and; even
τοῦ ο the
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
τοῦ ο the
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
οὐκ ου not
ἐδεήθην δεω bind; tie
καὶ και and; even
ἐνεκρατευσάμην εγκρατευομαι have fortitude; control self
καὶ και and; even
ἀνήνεγκα αναφερω bring up; carry up
τὴν ο the
ὁλοκαύτωσιν ολοκαυτωσις holocaust; whole burnt offering
13:11
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
שְׁמוּאֵ֖ל šᵊmûʔˌēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel
מֶ֣ה mˈeh מָה what
עָשִׂ֑יתָ ʕāśˈîṯā עשׂה make
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
שָׁא֡וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
רָאִיתִי֩ rāʔîṯˌî ראה see
כִֽי־ ḵˈî- כִּי that
נָפַ֨ץ nāfˌaṣ נפץ shatter
הָ הַ the
עָ֜ם ʕˈām עַם people
מֵ מִן from
עָלַ֗י ʕālˈay עַל upon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
בָ֨אתָ֙ vˈāṯā בוא come
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מֹועֵ֣ד môʕˈēḏ מֹועֵד appointment
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
וּ û וְ and
פְלִשְׁתִּ֖ים fᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
נֶאֱסָפִ֥ים neʔᵉsāfˌîm אסף gather
מִכְמָֽשׂ׃ miḵmˈāś מִכְמָשׂ Micmash
13:11. locutusque est ad eum Samuhel quid fecisti respondit Saul quia vidi quod dilaberetur populus a me et tu non veneras iuxta placitos dies porro Philisthim congregati fuerant in Machmas
And Samuel said to him: What hast thou done? Saul answered: Because I saw that the people slipt from me, and thou wast not come according to the days appointed, and the Philistines were gathered together in Machmas,
13:11. And Samuel said to him, “What have you done?” Saul responded: “Since I saw that the people were scattering away from me, and you had not arrived after the agreed upon days, and yet the Philistines had gathered together at Michmash,
13:11. And Samuel said, What hast thou done? And Saul said, Because I saw that the people were scattered from me, and [that] thou camest not within the days appointed, and [that] the Philistines gathered themselves together at Michmash;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:11: And Saul said - Here he offers three excuses for his conduct:
1. The people were fast leaving his standard.
2. Samuel did not come at the time, למועד lemoed; at the very commencement of the time he did not come, but within that time he did come.
3. The Philistines were coming fast upon him.
Saul should have waited out the time; and at all events he should not have gone contrary to the counsel of the Lord.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:12
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:11: Saul had come from Michmash to Gilgal, expecting to gather the force of the whole nation around him. Instead of that, the people fled, leaving him in the exposed plain with only 600 men Sa1 13:15. The Philistines occupied Michmash, and might at any moment pour down the valley upon Gilgal. Saul's situation was obviously one of extreme peril. A few hours' delay might prove fatal to him and his little army. Hence, he "forced" himself, etc.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:11: What hast: Gen 3:13, Gen 4:10; Jos 7:19; Sa2 3:24; Kg2 5:25
Michmash: Sa1 13:2, Sa1 13:5, Sa1 13:16, Sa1 13:23, Sa1 14:5; Isa 10:28
Geneva 1599
And Samuel said, What hast thou done? And Saul said, Because I saw that the people were (h) scattered from me, and [that] thou camest not within the days appointed, and [that] the Philistines gathered themselves together at Michmash;
(h) Though these causes seem sufficient in man's judgment: yet because they had not the word of God, they turned to his destruction.
John Gill
And Samuel said, what hast thou done? This question he put to bring him to a confession of what he had done, otherwise he guessed at it by his countenance; or rather, by the prophetic spirit he was endowed with, he knew it certainly that he had offered the sacrifices without waiting for him:
and Saul said because I saw the people were scattered from me; they were deserting, and he feared, if he stayed any longer, they would all leave him; this was one reason of doing what he did:
and that thou camest not within the days appointed; seven days were appointed, and because the seventh day was come, though it was not gone, he concluded Samuel would not come at all; and that was another reason why he did what he did; and by this would have laid the blame on Samuel, as if he did not keep his time; whereas it was Saul's impatience that hurried him to this action:
and that the Philistines gathered themselves together to Michmash; where his station before was, and from thence he might quickly expect them at Gilgal; and this was another reason why he hastened the sacrifice.
John Wesley
Camest not - That is, when the seventh day was come, and a good part of it past, whence I concluded thou wouldst not come that day.
13:1213:12: եւ ասացի՝ թէ արդ իջանիցեն այլազգիքն ՚ի վերայ իմ ՚ի Գաղգաղա. եւ զերեսս Տեառն չէ՛ր աղաչեալ. ժտեցայ՝ եւ մատուցի զողջակէզսն։
12 իսկ այլազգիները հաւաքուեցին Մաքմասում, մտածեցի, թէ այլազգիները հիմա կը գան իմ դէմ, Գաղգաղա, իսկ ես Տիրոջ առջեւ դեռ չէի աղերսել, դրա համար էլ համարձակուեցի եւ ողջակէզ մատուցեցի»:
12 ‘Փղշտացիները հիմա իմ վրայ Գաղգաղա պիտի իջնեն ու ես Տէրոջը առջեւ աղօթք ըրած չեմ’. ուստի համարձակելով* ողջակէզը մատուցանեցի»։
եւ ասացի թէ արդ իջանիցեն այլազգիքն ի վերայ իմ ի Գաղգաղա, եւ զերեսս Տեառն չէր աղաչեալ. ժտեցայ եւ մատուցի զողջակէզսն:

13:12: եւ ասացի՝ թէ արդ իջանիցեն այլազգիքն ՚ի վերայ իմ ՚ի Գաղգաղա. եւ զերեսս Տեառն չէ՛ր աղաչեալ. ժտեցայ՝ եւ մատուցի զողջակէզսն։
12 իսկ այլազգիները հաւաքուեցին Մաքմասում, մտածեցի, թէ այլազգիները հիմա կը գան իմ դէմ, Գաղգաղա, իսկ ես Տիրոջ առջեւ դեռ չէի աղերսել, դրա համար էլ համարձակուեցի եւ ողջակէզ մատուցեցի»:
12 ‘Փղշտացիները հիմա իմ վրայ Գաղգաղա պիտի իջնեն ու ես Տէրոջը առջեւ աղօթք ըրած չեմ’. ուստի համարձակելով* ողջակէզը մատուցանեցի»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1213:12 тогда подумал я: >, и потому решился принести всесожжение.
13:13 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil πρὸς προς to; toward Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul μεματαίωταί ματαιοω superficial σοι σοι you ὅτι οτι since; that οὐκ ου not ἐφύλαξας φυλασσω guard; keep τὴν ο the ἐντολήν εντολη direction; injunction μου μου of me; mine ἣν ος who; what ἐνετείλατό εντελλομαι direct; enjoin σοι σοι you κύριος κυριος lord; master ὡς ως.1 as; how νῦν νυν now; present ἡτοίμασεν ετοιμαζω prepare κύριος κυριος lord; master τὴν ο the βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom σου σου of you; your ἕως εως till; until αἰῶνος αιων age; -ever ἐπὶ επι in; on Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
13:12 וָ wā וְ and אֹמַ֗ר ʔōmˈar אמר say עַ֠תָּה ʕattˌā עַתָּה now יֵרְד֨וּ yērᵊḏˌû ירד descend פְלִשְׁתִּ֤ים fᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine אֵלַי֙ ʔēlˌay אֶל to הַ ha הַ the גִּלְגָּ֔ל ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal וּ û וְ and פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not חִלִּ֑יתִי ḥillˈîṯî חלה become weak וָֽ wˈā וְ and אֶתְאַפַּ֔ק ʔeṯʔappˈaq אפק be strong וָ wā וְ and אַעֲלֶ֖ה ʔaʕᵃlˌeh עלה ascend הָ hā הַ the עֹלָֽה׃ ס ʕōlˈā . s עֹלָה burnt-offering
13:12. dixi nunc descendent Philisthim ad me in Galgala et faciem Domini non placavi necessitate conpulsus obtuli holocaustumI said: Now will the Philistines come down upon me to Galgal, and I have not appeased the face of the Lord. Forced by necessity, I offered the holocaust.
12. therefore said I, Now will the Philistines come down upon me to Gilgal, and I have not entreated the favour of the LORD: I forced myself therefore, and offered the burnt offering.
13:12. I said: ‘Now the Philistines will descend to me at Gilgal. And I have not appeased the face of the Lord.’ Compelled by necessity, I offered the holocaust.
13:12. Therefore said I, The Philistines will come down now upon me to Gilgal, and I have not made supplication unto the LORD: I forced myself therefore, and offered a burnt offering.
Therefore said I, The Philistines will come down now upon me to Gilgal, and I have not made supplication unto the LORD: I forced myself therefore, and offered a burnt offering:

13:12 тогда подумал я: <<теперь придут на меня Филистимляне в Галгал, а я еще не вопросил Господа>>, и потому решился принести всесожжение.
13:13
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil
πρὸς προς to; toward
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
μεματαίωταί ματαιοω superficial
σοι σοι you
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐκ ου not
ἐφύλαξας φυλασσω guard; keep
τὴν ο the
ἐντολήν εντολη direction; injunction
μου μου of me; mine
ἣν ος who; what
ἐνετείλατό εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
σοι σοι you
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ὡς ως.1 as; how
νῦν νυν now; present
ἡτοίμασεν ετοιμαζω prepare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τὴν ο the
βασιλείαν βασιλεια realm; kingdom
σου σου of you; your
ἕως εως till; until
αἰῶνος αιων age; -ever
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
13:12
וָ וְ and
אֹמַ֗ר ʔōmˈar אמר say
עַ֠תָּה ʕattˌā עַתָּה now
יֵרְד֨וּ yērᵊḏˌû ירד descend
פְלִשְׁתִּ֤ים fᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
אֵלַי֙ ʔēlˌay אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְגָּ֔ל ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal
וּ û וְ and
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
חִלִּ֑יתִי ḥillˈîṯî חלה become weak
וָֽ wˈā וְ and
אֶתְאַפַּ֔ק ʔeṯʔappˈaq אפק be strong
וָ וְ and
אַעֲלֶ֖ה ʔaʕᵃlˌeh עלה ascend
הָ הַ the
עֹלָֽה׃ ס ʕōlˈā . s עֹלָה burnt-offering
13:12. dixi nunc descendent Philisthim ad me in Galgala et faciem Domini non placavi necessitate conpulsus obtuli holocaustum
I said: Now will the Philistines come down upon me to Galgal, and I have not appeased the face of the Lord. Forced by necessity, I offered the holocaust.
13:12. I said: ‘Now the Philistines will descend to me at Gilgal. And I have not appeased the face of the Lord.’ Compelled by necessity, I offered the holocaust.
13:12. Therefore said I, The Philistines will come down now upon me to Gilgal, and I have not made supplication unto the LORD: I forced myself therefore, and offered a burnt offering.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:12: I forced myself - It was with great reluctance that I did what I did. In all this Saul was sincere, but he was rash, and regardless of the precept of the Lord, which precept or command he most evidently had received, Sa1 13:13. And one part of this precept was, that the Lord should tell him what he should do. Without this information, in an affair under the immediate cognizance of God, he should have taken no step.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:14
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:12: said I: Kg1 12:26, Kg1 12:27
made supplication unto: Heb. intreated the face of, etc
I forced: Sa1 21:7; Psa 66:3; Amo 8:5; Co2 9:7
John Gill
Therefore said I..... That is, within himself:
the Philistines will come down now upon me to Gilgal; on a sudden, unprepared for them, especially in a religious way:
and I have not made supplication to the Lord; for his direction and assistance, and for success in the war; which it seems went along with sacrifices, or was implied in them:
I forced myself therefore, and offered a burnt offering; it was reluctant to him, it was against his will as well as the command of Samuel, to offer before he came, he suggests; but such were the circumstances he was in, that he was obliged to it; these are the reasons or excuses he made, and some of them have a specious appearance in them.
John Wesley
Supplication - Thence it appears, that sacrifices were accompanied with solemn prayers. Forced myself - I did it against my own mind and inclination.
13:1313:13: Եւ ասէ Սամուէլ ցՍաւուղ. ՚Ի զո՛ւր է քեզ, զի ո՛չ պահեցեր զպատուիրանն իմ զոր պատուիրեաց Տէր. զի այժմ հաստատէր Տէր զթագաւորութիւն քո ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի մինչեւ յաւիտեան.
13 Սամուէլն ասաց Սաւուղին. «Զուր տեղ ես արել, քանի որ չես պահել իմ պատուիրանը, որ Տէրն էր պատուիրել: Տէրը քեզ Իսրայէլի վրայ ցմահ թագաւոր պիտի դարձնէր,
13 Սամուէլ ըսաւ Սաւուղին. «Յիմարութիւն ըրիր, որ քու Տէր Աստուծոյդ քեզի պատուիրած պատուիրանքը չպահեցիր։ Տէրը քու թագաւորութիւնդ Իսրայէլի վրայ մինչեւ յաւիտեան պիտի հաստատէր,
Եւ ասէ Սամուէլ ցՍաւուղ. [248]Ի զուր է քեզ, զի ոչ պահեցեր զպատուիրանն իմ զոր պատուիրեաց Տէր``. զի այժմ հաստատէր Տէր զթագաւորութիւն քո ի վերայ Իսրայելի մինչեւ յաւիտեան:

13:13: Եւ ասէ Սամուէլ ցՍաւուղ. ՚Ի զո՛ւր է քեզ, զի ո՛չ պահեցեր զպատուիրանն իմ զոր պատուիրեաց Տէր. զի այժմ հաստատէր Տէր զթագաւորութիւն քո ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի մինչեւ յաւիտեան.
13 Սամուէլն ասաց Սաւուղին. «Զուր տեղ ես արել, քանի որ չես պահել իմ պատուիրանը, որ Տէրն էր պատուիրել: Տէրը քեզ Իսրայէլի վրայ ցմահ թագաւոր պիտի դարձնէր,
13 Սամուէլ ըսաւ Սաւուղին. «Յիմարութիւն ըրիր, որ քու Տէր Աստուծոյդ քեզի պատուիրած պատուիրանքը չպահեցիր։ Տէրը քու թագաւորութիւնդ Իսրայէլի վրայ մինչեւ յաւիտեան պիտի հաստատէր,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1313:13 И сказал Самуил Саулу: худо поступил ты, что не исполнил повеления Господа Бога твоего, которое дано было тебе, ибо ныне упрочил бы Господь царствование твое над Израилем навсегда;
13:14 καὶ και and; even νῦν νυν now; present ἡ ο the βασιλεία βασιλεια realm; kingdom σου σου of you; your οὐ ου not στήσεται ιστημι stand; establish καὶ και and; even ζητήσει ζητεω seek; desire κύριος κυριος lord; master ἑαυτῷ εαυτου of himself; his own ἄνθρωπον ανθρωπος person; human κατὰ κατα down; by τὴν ο the καρδίαν καρδια heart αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐντελεῖται εντελλομαι direct; enjoin κύριος κυριος lord; master αὐτῷ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for ἄρχοντα αρχων ruling; ruler ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὅτι οτι since; that οὐκ ου not ἐφύλαξας φυλασσω guard; keep ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐνετείλατό εντελλομαι direct; enjoin σοι σοι you κύριος κυριος lord; master
13:13 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֧אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say שְׁמוּאֵ֛ל šᵊmûʔˈēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to שָׁא֖וּל šāʔˌûl שָׁאוּל Saul נִסְכָּ֑לְתָּ niskˈālᵊttā סכל be foolish לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not שָׁמַ֗רְתָּ šāmˈartā שׁמר keep אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְוַ֞ת miṣwˈaṯ מִצְוָה commandment יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] צִוָּ֔ךְ ṣiwwˈāḵ צוה command כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now הֵכִ֨ין hēḵˌîn כון be firm יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מַֽמְלַכְתְּךָ֛ mˈamlaḵtᵊḵˈā מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto עֹולָֽם׃ ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity
13:13. dixitque Samuhel ad Saul stulte egisti nec custodisti mandata Domini Dei tui quae praecepit tibi quod si non fecisses iam nunc praeparasset Dominus regnum tuum super Israhel in sempiternumAnd Samuel said to Saul: Thou hast done foolishly, and hast not kept the commandments of the Lord thy God, which he commanded thee. And if thou hadst not done thus, the Lord would now have established thy kingdom over Israel for ever:
13. And Samuel said to Saul, Thou hast done foolishly: thou hast not kept the commandment of the LORD thy God, which he commanded thee: for now would the LORD have established thy kingdom upon Israel for ever.
13:13. And Samuel said to Saul: “You have acted foolishly. You have not kept the commandments of the Lord your God, which he instructed to you. And if you had not acted in this way, the Lord would, here and now, have prepared your kingdom over Israel forever.
13:13. And Samuel said to Saul, Thou hast done foolishly: thou hast not kept the commandment of the LORD thy God, which he commanded thee: for now would the LORD have established thy kingdom upon Israel for ever.
And Samuel said to Saul, Thou hast done foolishly: thou hast not kept the commandment of the LORD thy God, which he commanded thee: for now would the LORD have established thy kingdom upon Israel for ever:

13:13 И сказал Самуил Саулу: худо поступил ты, что не исполнил повеления Господа Бога твоего, которое дано было тебе, ибо ныне упрочил бы Господь царствование твое над Израилем навсегда;
13:14
καὶ και and; even
νῦν νυν now; present
ο the
βασιλεία βασιλεια realm; kingdom
σου σου of you; your
οὐ ου not
στήσεται ιστημι stand; establish
καὶ και and; even
ζητήσει ζητεω seek; desire
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἑαυτῷ εαυτου of himself; his own
ἄνθρωπον ανθρωπος person; human
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὴν ο the
καρδίαν καρδια heart
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐντελεῖται εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
κύριος κυριος lord; master
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
ἄρχοντα αρχων ruling; ruler
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐκ ου not
ἐφύλαξας φυλασσω guard; keep
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐνετείλατό εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
σοι σοι you
κύριος κυριος lord; master
13:13
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֧אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
שְׁמוּאֵ֛ל šᵊmûʔˈēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
שָׁא֖וּל šāʔˌûl שָׁאוּל Saul
נִסְכָּ֑לְתָּ niskˈālᵊttā סכל be foolish
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
שָׁמַ֗רְתָּ šāmˈartā שׁמר keep
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְוַ֞ת miṣwˈaṯ מִצְוָה commandment
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
צִוָּ֔ךְ ṣiwwˈāḵ צוה command
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
הֵכִ֨ין hēḵˌîn כון be firm
יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מַֽמְלַכְתְּךָ֛ mˈamlaḵtᵊḵˈā מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
עֹולָֽם׃ ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity
13:13. dixitque Samuhel ad Saul stulte egisti nec custodisti mandata Domini Dei tui quae praecepit tibi quod si non fecisses iam nunc praeparasset Dominus regnum tuum super Israhel in sempiternum
And Samuel said to Saul: Thou hast done foolishly, and hast not kept the commandments of the Lord thy God, which he commanded thee. And if thou hadst not done thus, the Lord would now have established thy kingdom over Israel for ever:
13:13. And Samuel said to Saul: “You have acted foolishly. You have not kept the commandments of the Lord your God, which he instructed to you. And if you had not acted in this way, the Lord would, here and now, have prepared your kingdom over Israel forever.
13:13. And Samuel said to Saul, Thou hast done foolishly: thou hast not kept the commandment of the LORD thy God, which he commanded thee: for now would the LORD have established thy kingdom upon Israel for ever.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:13: Thou hast done foolishly ... - Motives of worldly expediency were not to be weighed against the express commandment of God. All the circumstances and all the dangers were as well known to God as they were to Saul, and God had bidden him wait until Samuel came. Here was exactly the same sin of willful disobedience which broke out again, and was so severely reproved Sa1 15:17-23.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:13: Thou hast done: Sa2 12:7-9; Kg1 18:18, Kg1 21:20; Ch2 16:9, Ch2 19:2, Ch2 25:15, Ch2 25:16; Job 34:18; Pro 19:3; Mat 14:3, Mat 14:4
hast not kept: Sa1 15:11, Sa1 15:22, Sa1 15:28; Psa 50:8-15
Geneva 1599
And Samuel said to Saul, Thou hast done foolishly: thou hast not kept the commandment of the LORD thy (i) God, which he commanded thee: for now would the LORD have established thy kingdom upon Israel for ever.
(i) Who willed you to obey him, and rest on the words spoken by his prophet.
John Gill
And Samuel said to Saul, thou hast done foolishly,.... Not by intruding himself into the priest's office, with that he is not charged, but not waiting the full time till Samuel came; which showed his impatience, disregard to Samuel, and distrust of God; and though he thought he had acted wisely, and taken the proper precautions in his circumstances, yet he acted foolishly; and though a king, Samuel being a prophet of the Lord, and in his name, spared not to tell him so:
thou hast not kept the commandment of the Lord thy God, which he commanded thee; by his prophet, that he should wait seven days for his coming, who would then offer sacrifices, and tell him what he should do; and not to keep the commandment of God was acting a foolish part:
for now would the Lord have established thy kingdom upon Israel for ever; that is, for a long time, on his son, and son's son; and then, according to promise and prophecy, it would come to one of the tribe of Judah; but now seeing he had acted such a part, it should not continue long in his family, no longer than his own life, and quickly come into other hands.
John Wesley
For ever - The phrase, for ever, in scripture often signifies only a long time. So this had been abundantly verified, if the kingdom had been enjoyed by Saul, and by his son, and by his son's son; after whom the kingdom might have come to Judah.
13:1413:14: բայց արդ՝ մի՛ կացցէ թագաւորութիւն քո, խնդրեսցէ իւր Տէր ա՛յր ըստ սրտի իւրում. եւ տացէ զնա պատուիրանաւ յիշխա՛ն ՚ի վերայ ժողովրդեան իւրոյ. զի ո՛չ պահեցեր՝ զոր ինչ պատուիրեաց քեզ Տէր[2950]։ [2950] Ոմանք. Յիշխան ՚ի վերայ ժողո՛՛։
14 բայց հիմա քո թագաւորութիւնը այլեւս չի շարունակուելու: Տէրն իր սրտին հաճելի մարդ պիտի փնտռի, որ նրան իշխան դարձնի իր ժողովրդի վրայ պատուիրանով, քանզի դու չկատարեցիր այն, ինչ Տէրը պատուիրել էր քեզ»:
14 Բայց հիմա քու թագաւորութիւնդ հաստատ պիտի չըլլայ։ Տէրը իրեն համար իր սրտին համեմատ մարդ մը կը փնտռէ, որ իշխան կարգէ իր ժողովուրդին վրայ. քանզի դուն Տէրոջը քեզի պատուիրած հրամանը չպահեցիր»։
բայց արդ մի՛ կացցէ թագաւորութիւն քո. խնդրեսցէ իւր Տէր այր ըստ սրտի իւրում, եւ տացէ զնա պատուիրանաւ յիշխան ի վերայ ժողովրդեան իւրոյ. զի ոչ պահեցեր զոր ինչ պատուիրեաց քեզ Տէր:

13:14: բայց արդ՝ մի՛ կացցէ թագաւորութիւն քո, խնդրեսցէ իւր Տէր ա՛յր ըստ սրտի իւրում. եւ տացէ զնա պատուիրանաւ յիշխա՛ն ՚ի վերայ ժողովրդեան իւրոյ. զի ո՛չ պահեցեր՝ զոր ինչ պատուիրեաց քեզ Տէր[2950]։
[2950] Ոմանք. Յիշխան ՚ի վերայ ժողո՛՛։
14 բայց հիմա քո թագաւորութիւնը այլեւս չի շարունակուելու: Տէրն իր սրտին հաճելի մարդ պիտի փնտռի, որ նրան իշխան դարձնի իր ժողովրդի վրայ պատուիրանով, քանզի դու չկատարեցիր այն, ինչ Տէրը պատուիրել էր քեզ»:
14 Բայց հիմա քու թագաւորութիւնդ հաստատ պիտի չըլլայ։ Տէրը իրեն համար իր սրտին համեմատ մարդ մը կը փնտռէ, որ իշխան կարգէ իր ժողովուրդին վրայ. քանզի դուն Տէրոջը քեզի պատուիրած հրամանը չպահեցիր»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1413:14 но теперь не устоять царствованию твоему; Господь найдет Себе мужа по сердцу Своему, и повелит ему Господь быть вождем народа Своего, так как ты не исполнил того, что было повелено тебе Господом.
13:15 καὶ και and; even ἀνέστη ανιστημι stand up; resurrect Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil καὶ και and; even ἀπῆλθεν απερχομαι go off; go away ἐκ εκ from; out of Γαλγαλων γαλγαλα into; for ὁδὸν οδος way; journey αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the κατάλειμμα καταλειμμα leftover; remnant τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population ἀνέβη αναβαινω step up; ascend ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul εἰς εις into; for ἀπάντησιν απαντησις encounter; escort ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population τοῦ ο the πολεμιστοῦ πολεμιστης he; him παραγενομένων παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along ἐκ εκ from; out of Γαλγαλων γαλγαλα into; for Γαβαα γαβαα Beniamin; Veniamin καὶ και and; even ἐπεσκέψατο επισκεπτομαι visit; inspect Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population τὸν ο the εὑρεθέντα ευρισκω find μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὡς ως.1 as; how ἑξακοσίους εξακοσιοι six hundred ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband
13:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתָּ֖ה ʕattˌā עַתָּה now מַמְלַכְתְּךָ֣ mamlaḵtᵊḵˈā מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom לֹא־ lō- לֹא not תָק֑וּם ṯāqˈûm קום arise בִּקֵּשׁ֩ biqqˌēš בקשׁ seek יְהוָ֨ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לֹ֜ו lˈô לְ to אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man כִּ ki כְּ as לְבָבֹ֗ו lᵊvāvˈô לֵבָב heart וַ wa וְ and יְצַוֵּ֨הוּ yᵊṣawwˌēhû צוה command יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לְ lᵊ לְ to נָגִיד֙ nāḡîḏ נָגִיד chief עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon עַמֹּ֔ו ʕammˈô עַם people כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not שָׁמַ֔רְתָּ šāmˈartā שׁמר keep אֵ֥ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] אֲשֶֽׁר־ ʔᵃšˈer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] צִוְּךָ֖ ṣiwwᵊḵˌā צוה command יְהוָֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈāh] . f יְהוָה YHWH
13:14. sed nequaquam regnum tuum ultra consurget quaesivit sibi Dominus virum iuxta cor suum et praecepit ei Dominus ut esset dux super populum suum eo quod non servaveris quae praecepit DominusBut thy kingdom shall not continue. The Lord hath sought him a man according to his own heart: and him hath the Lord commanded to be prince over his people, because thou hast not observed that which the Lord commanded.
14. But now thy kingdom shall not continue: the LORD hath sought him a man after his own heart, and the LORD hath appointed him to be prince over his people, because thou hast not kept that which the LORD commanded thee.
13:14. But by no means shall your kingdom rise up any more. The Lord has sought for himself a man according to his own heart. And him the Lord has instructed to be the leader over his people, because you have not kept what the Lord has instructed.”
13:14. But now thy kingdom shall not continue: the LORD hath sought him a man after his own heart, and the LORD hath commanded him [to be] captain over his people, because thou hast not kept [that] which the LORD commanded thee.
But now thy kingdom shall not continue: the LORD hath sought him a man after his own heart, and the LORD hath commanded him [to be] captain over his people, because thou hast not kept [that] which the LORD commanded thee:

13:14 но теперь не устоять царствованию твоему; Господь найдет Себе мужа по сердцу Своему, и повелит ему Господь быть вождем народа Своего, так как ты не исполнил того, что было повелено тебе Господом.
13:15
καὶ και and; even
ἀνέστη ανιστημι stand up; resurrect
Σαμουηλ σαμουηλ Samouēl; Samoil
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆλθεν απερχομαι go off; go away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Γαλγαλων γαλγαλα into; for
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
κατάλειμμα καταλειμμα leftover; remnant
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
ἀνέβη αναβαινω step up; ascend
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
εἰς εις into; for
ἀπάντησιν απαντησις encounter; escort
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
τοῦ ο the
πολεμιστοῦ πολεμιστης he; him
παραγενομένων παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Γαλγαλων γαλγαλα into; for
Γαβαα γαβαα Beniamin; Veniamin
καὶ και and; even
ἐπεσκέψατο επισκεπτομαι visit; inspect
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
τὸν ο the
εὑρεθέντα ευρισκω find
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὡς ως.1 as; how
ἑξακοσίους εξακοσιοι six hundred
ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband
13:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתָּ֖ה ʕattˌā עַתָּה now
מַמְלַכְתְּךָ֣ mamlaḵtᵊḵˈā מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
תָק֑וּם ṯāqˈûm קום arise
בִּקֵּשׁ֩ biqqˌēš בקשׁ seek
יְהוָ֨ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לֹ֜ו lˈô לְ to
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
כִּ ki כְּ as
לְבָבֹ֗ו lᵊvāvˈô לֵבָב heart
וַ wa וְ and
יְצַוֵּ֨הוּ yᵊṣawwˌēhû צוה command
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לְ lᵊ לְ to
נָגִיד֙ nāḡîḏ נָגִיד chief
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
עַמֹּ֔ו ʕammˈô עַם people
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
שָׁמַ֔רְתָּ šāmˈartā שׁמר keep
אֵ֥ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
אֲשֶֽׁר־ ʔᵃšˈer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
צִוְּךָ֖ ṣiwwᵊḵˌā צוה command
יְהוָֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈāh] . f יְהוָה YHWH
13:14. sed nequaquam regnum tuum ultra consurget quaesivit sibi Dominus virum iuxta cor suum et praecepit ei Dominus ut esset dux super populum suum eo quod non servaveris quae praecepit Dominus
But thy kingdom shall not continue. The Lord hath sought him a man according to his own heart: and him hath the Lord commanded to be prince over his people, because thou hast not observed that which the Lord commanded.
13:14. But by no means shall your kingdom rise up any more. The Lord has sought for himself a man according to his own heart. And him the Lord has instructed to be the leader over his people, because you have not kept what the Lord has instructed.”
13:14. But now thy kingdom shall not continue: the LORD hath sought him a man after his own heart, and the LORD hath commanded him [to be] captain over his people, because thou hast not kept [that] which the LORD commanded thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:14: The Lord hath sought him a man after his own heart - That this man was David is sufficiently clear from the sequel. But in what sense was he a man after God's own heart? Answer:
1. In his strict attention to the law and worship of God.
2. In his admitting, in the whole of his conduct, that God was King in Israel, and that he himself was but his vicegerent.
3. In never attempting to alter any of those laws, or in the least change the Israelitish constitution.
4. In all his public official conduct he acted according to the Divine mind, and fulfilled the will of his Maker: thus was he a man after God's own heart. In reference to his private or personal moral conduct, the word is never used. This is the sense alone in which the word is used here and elsewhere; and it is unfair and wicked to put another meaning on it in order to ridicule the revelation of God, as certain infidels have done.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:15
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:14: But now: Sa1 2:30, Sa1 15:28
the Lord: Sa1 16:1, Sa1 16:12; Sa2 7:15, Sa2 7:16; Psa 78:70, Psa 89:19, Psa 20-37; Act 13:22
captain over: Sa1 9:16; Sa2 5:2; Kg2 20:5; Heb 2:10
Geneva 1599
But now thy kingdom shall not continue: the LORD hath sought him a (k) man after his own heart, and the LORD hath commanded him [to be] captain over his people, because thou hast not kept [that] which the LORD commanded thee.
(k) That is, David.
John Gill
But now thy kingdom shall not continue,.... That is, in his family, nor in his tribe, but be removed to another:
the Lord hath sought him a man after his own heart: who was David; though as yet Samuel knew him not, he knew by divine revelation that there was another one chosen, to whom the kingdom would be given; a man every way agreeable to the will of God, and who would fulfil his will, though he knew not particularly who he was:
and the Lord hath commanded him to be captain over his people; that is, had appointed him to be king over Israel. God's decrees have the force of a law in them, and must be fulfilled; and cannot be resisted so as to be frustrated:
because thou hast not kept that which the Lord hath commanded thee; it matters not whether the thing commanded is greater or less, it is disobedience to the command that is the sin, and is resented: this might seem a small thing, since to offer the sacrifice was not criminal; but doing it before the time, a little before it should have been done, not waiting long enough for the prophet; yet it being against the command of God, or in neglect of it, it was sinful, and severely chastised; and the rather, that it might be an example to all succeeding kings how they offended, or broke the least of God's commandments; and this being the first king of Israel, he was made an example of to the rest.
John Wesley
A man - That is, such a man as will fulfil all the desires of his heart, and not oppose them, as thou dost. Commanded - That is, hath appointed, as the word command is sometimes used: but though God threatened but Saul with the loss of his kingdom for his sin; yet it is not improbable, there was a tacit condition implied, to wit, if he did not repent of this; and of all his sins; for the full, and final, and peremptory sentence of Saul's rejection, is plainly ascribed to another cause, 1Kings 15:11, 1Kings 15:23, 1Kings 15:26, 1Kings 15:28-29, and 'till that second offence, neither the spirit of the Lord departed from him, nor was David anointed in his stead. "But was it not hard, to punish so little a sin so severely?" It was not little: disobedience to an express command, tho' in a small matter, is a great provocation. And indeed, there is no little sin, because there is no little god to sin against. In general, what to men seems a small offence, to him who knows the heart may appear a heinous crime. We are taught hereby, how necessary it is, that we wait on our God continually. For Saul is sentenced to lose his kingdom for want of two or three hours patience.
13:1513:15: Եւ յարեա՛ւ Սամուէլ՝ եւ գնաց ՚ի Գաղգաղայ զճանապարհ իւր։ Եւ մնացորդք ժողովրդեանն ելի՛ն զհետ Սաւուղայ ընդ առաջ պատերազմական ժողովրդեանն. եւ ՚ի հասանել նոցա ՚ի Գաղգաղա ՚ի Գաբաա՛ Բենիամինի։ Հանդէ՛ս արար Սաւուղ ժողովրդեանն գտելոյ ընդ նմա, իբրեւ վեց հարիւրո՛ց արանց[2951]: [2951] Յօրինակին պակասէր. Հանդէս արար Սաւուղ։
15 Սամուէլը վեր կացաւ եւ Գաղգաղայից գնաց իր ճանապարհով[14]: Մնացած զօրքը միացաւ Սաւուղին, որ դիմադրի իրենց վրայ յարձակուող զինուորներին: Երբ նրանք Գաղգաղայից ելան ու հասան Բենիամինի երկրի Գաբաա քաղաքը, Սաւուղը հաշուեց իր հետ գտնուող զինուորներին եւ տեսաւ, որ ինքն ունի մօտաւորապէս վեց հարիւր զինուոր:[14] 14. Այլ բնագրերում՝ Բենիամինի երկրի Գաբաա քաղաքը:
15 Ապա Սամուէլ ելաւ ու Գաղգաղայէն Բենիամինին Գաբաան գնաց։ Սաւուղ իր քով գտնուող ժողովուրդը համրեց, որոնք վեց հարիւրի չափ էին։
Եւ յարեաւ Սամուէլ եւ գնաց [249]ի Գաղգաղայ զճանապարհ իւր: Եւ մնացորդք ժողովրդեանն ելին զհետ Սաւուղայ ընդ առաջ պատերազմական ժողովրդեանն: Եւ ի հասանել նոցա`` ի Գաղգաղայ ի Գաբաա Բենիամինի. եւ հանդէս արար Սաւուղ ժողովրդեանն գտելոյ ընդ նմա, իբրեւ վեց հարիւրոց արանց:

13:15: Եւ յարեա՛ւ Սամուէլ՝ եւ գնաց ՚ի Գաղգաղայ զճանապարհ իւր։ Եւ մնացորդք ժողովրդեանն ելի՛ն զհետ Սաւուղայ ընդ առաջ պատերազմական ժողովրդեանն. եւ ՚ի հասանել նոցա ՚ի Գաղգաղա ՚ի Գաբաա՛ Բենիամինի։ Հանդէ՛ս արար Սաւուղ ժողովրդեանն գտելոյ ընդ նմա, իբրեւ վեց հարիւրո՛ց արանց[2951]:
[2951] Յօրինակին պակասէր. Հանդէս արար Սաւուղ։
15 Սամուէլը վեր կացաւ եւ Գաղգաղայից գնաց իր ճանապարհով[14]: Մնացած զօրքը միացաւ Սաւուղին, որ դիմադրի իրենց վրայ յարձակուող զինուորներին: Երբ նրանք Գաղգաղայից ելան ու հասան Բենիամինի երկրի Գաբաա քաղաքը, Սաւուղը հաշուեց իր հետ գտնուող զինուորներին եւ տեսաւ, որ ինքն ունի մօտաւորապէս վեց հարիւր զինուոր:
[14] 14. Այլ բնագրերում՝ Բենիամինի երկրի Գաբաա քաղաքը:
15 Ապա Սամուէլ ելաւ ու Գաղգաղայէն Բենիամինին Գաբաան գնաց։ Սաւուղ իր քով գտնուող ժողովուրդը համրեց, որոնք վեց հարիւրի չափ էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1513:15 И встал Самуил и пошел из Галгала в Гиву Вениаминову; [оставшиеся люди пошли за Саулом навстречу неприятельскому ополчению, которое нападало на них, когда они шли из Галгал в Гиву Вениаминову;] а Саул пересчитал людей, бывших с ним, до шестисот человек.
13:16 καὶ και and; even Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul καὶ και and; even Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν son αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population οἱ ο the εὑρεθέντες ευρισκω find μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐκάθισαν καθιζω sit down; seat ἐν εν in Γαβεε γαβεε Beniamin; Veniamin καὶ και and; even ἔκλαιον κλαιω weep; cry καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner παρεμβεβλήκεισαν παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Μαχεμας μαχεμας Machemas; Makhemas
13:15 וַ wa וְ and יָּ֣קָם yyˈāqom קום arise שְׁמוּאֵ֗ל šᵊmûʔˈēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel וַ wa וְ and יַּ֛עַל yyˈaʕal עלה ascend מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the גִּלְגָּ֖ל ggilgˌāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal גִּבְעַ֣ת givʕˈaṯ גִּבְעָה hill בִּנְיָמִ֑ן binyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin וַ wa וְ and יִּפְקֹ֣ד yyifqˈōḏ פקד miss שָׁא֗וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people הַ ha הַ the נִּמְצְאִ֣ים nnimṣᵊʔˈîm מצא find עִמֹּ֔ו ʕimmˈô עִם with כְּ kᵊ כְּ as שֵׁ֥שׁ šˌēš שֵׁשׁ six מֵאֹ֖ות mēʔˌôṯ מֵאָה hundred אִֽישׁ׃ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
13:15. surrexit autem Samuhel et ascendit de Galgalis in Gabaa Beniamin et recensuit Saul populum qui inventi fuerant cum eo quasi sescentos virosAnd Samuel arose and went up from Galgal to Gabaa of Benjamin. And the rest of the people went up after Saul, to meet the people who fought against them, going from Galgal to Gabaa, in the hill of Benjamin. And Saul numbered the people, that were found with him, about six hundred men.
15. And Samuel arose, and gat him up from Gilgal unto Gibeah of Benjamin. And Saul numbered the people that were present with him, about six hundred men.
13:15. Then Samuel rose up and ascended from Gilgal to Gibeah of Benjamin. And the remainder of the people ascended after Saul, to meet the people who were fighting against them, going from Gilgal into Gibeah, to the hill of Benjamin. And Saul took a census of the people, who had been found to be with him, about six hundred men.
13:15. And Samuel arose, and gat him up from Gilgal unto Gibeah of Benjamin. And Saul numbered the people [that were] present with him, about six hundred men.
And Samuel arose, and gat him up from Gilgal unto Gibeah of Benjamin. And Saul numbered the people [that were] present with him, about six hundred men:

13:15 И встал Самуил и пошел из Галгала в Гиву Вениаминову; [оставшиеся люди пошли за Саулом навстречу неприятельскому ополчению, которое нападало на них, когда они шли из Галгал в Гиву Вениаминову;] а Саул пересчитал людей, бывших с ним, до шестисот человек.
13:16
καὶ και and; even
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
καὶ και and; even
Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν son
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
οἱ ο the
εὑρεθέντες ευρισκω find
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐκάθισαν καθιζω sit down; seat
ἐν εν in
Γαβεε γαβεε Beniamin; Veniamin
καὶ και and; even
ἔκλαιον κλαιω weep; cry
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner
παρεμβεβλήκεισαν παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Μαχεμας μαχεμας Machemas; Makhemas
13:15
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֣קָם yyˈāqom קום arise
שְׁמוּאֵ֗ל šᵊmûʔˈēl שְׁמוּאֵל Samuel
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֛עַל yyˈaʕal עלה ascend
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְגָּ֖ל ggilgˌāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal
גִּבְעַ֣ת givʕˈaṯ גִּבְעָה hill
בִּנְיָמִ֑ן binyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
וַ wa וְ and
יִּפְקֹ֣ד yyifqˈōḏ פקד miss
שָׁא֗וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
נִּמְצְאִ֣ים nnimṣᵊʔˈîm מצא find
עִמֹּ֔ו ʕimmˈô עִם with
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
שֵׁ֥שׁ šˌēš שֵׁשׁ six
מֵאֹ֖ות mēʔˌôṯ מֵאָה hundred
אִֽישׁ׃ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
13:15. surrexit autem Samuhel et ascendit de Galgalis in Gabaa Beniamin et recensuit Saul populum qui inventi fuerant cum eo quasi sescentos viros
And Samuel arose and went up from Galgal to Gabaa of Benjamin. And the rest of the people went up after Saul, to meet the people who fought against them, going from Galgal to Gabaa, in the hill of Benjamin. And Saul numbered the people, that were found with him, about six hundred men.
13:15. Then Samuel rose up and ascended from Gilgal to Gibeah of Benjamin. And the remainder of the people ascended after Saul, to meet the people who were fighting against them, going from Gilgal into Gibeah, to the hill of Benjamin. And Saul took a census of the people, who had been found to be with him, about six hundred men.
13:15. And Samuel arose, and gat him up from Gilgal unto Gibeah of Benjamin. And Saul numbered the people [that were] present with him, about six hundred men.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
The Israelites' Low Condition. B. C. 1067.

15 And Samuel arose, and gat him up from Gilgal unto Gibeah of Benjamin. And Saul numbered the people that were present with him, about six hundred men. 16 And Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people that were present with them, abode in Gibeah of Benjamin: but the Philistines encamped in Michmash. 17 And the spoilers came out of the camp of the Philistines in three companies: one company turned unto the way that leadeth to Ophrah, unto the land of Shual: 18 And another company turned the way to Beth-horon: and another company turned to the way of the border that looketh to the valley of Zeboim toward the wilderness. 19 Now there was no smith found throughout all the land of Israel: for the Philistines said, Lest the Hebrews make them swords or spears: 20 But all the Israelites went down to the Philistines, to sharpen every man his share, and his coulter, and his axe, and his mattock. 21 Yet they had a file for the mattocks, and for the coulters, and for the forks, and for the axes, and to sharpen the goads. 22 So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that were with Saul and Jonathan: but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found. 23 And the garrison of the Philistines went out to the passage of Michmash.
Here, 1. Samuel departs in displeasure. Saul has set up for himself, and now he is left to himself: Samuel gat him from Gilgal (v. 15), and it does not appear that he either prayed with Saul or directed him. Yet in going up to Gibeah of Benjamin, which was Saul's city, he intimated that he had not quite abandoned him, but waited to do him a kindness another time. Or he went to the college of the prophets there, to pray for Saul when he did not think fit to pray with him. 2. Saul goes after him to Gibeah, and there musters his army, and finds his whole number to be but 600 men, v. 15, 16. Thus were they for their sin diminished and brought low. 3. The Philistines ravage the country, and put all the adjacent parts under contribution. The body of their army, or standing camp (as it is called in the margin, v. 23), lay in an advantageous pass at Michmash, but thence they sent out three separate parties or detachments that took several ways, to plunder the country, and bring in provisions for the army, v. 17, 18. By these the land of Israel was both terrified and impoverished, and the Philistines were animated and enriched. This the sin of Israel brought upon them, Isa. xlii. 24. 4. The Israelites that take the field with Saul are unarmed, having only slings and clubs, not a sword or spear among them all, except what Saul and Jonathan themselves have, v. 19, 22. See here, (1.) How politic the Philistines were, when they had power in their hands, and did what they pleased in Israel. They put down all the smiths' shops, transplanted the smiths into their own country, and forbade any Israelite, under severe penalties, to exercise the trade or mystery of working in brass or iron, though they had rich mines of both (Deut. viii. 9) in such plenty that it was said of Asher, his shoes shall be iron and brass, Deut. xxxiii. 25. This was subtilely done of the Philistines, for hereby they not only prevented the people of Israel from making themselves weapons of war (by which they would be both disused to military exercises and unfurnished when there was occasion), but obliged them to a dependence upon them even for the instruments of husbandry; they must go to them, that is, to some or other of their garrisons, which were dispersed in the country, to have all their iron-work done, and no more might an Israelite do than use a file (v. 20, 21), and no doubt the Philistines' smiths brought the Israelites long bills for work done. (2.) How impolitic Saul was, that did not, in the beginning of his reign, set himself to redress this grievance. Samuel's not doing it was very excusable; he fought with other artillery; thunder and lightning, in answer to his prayer, were to him instead of sword and spear; but for Saul, that pretended to be a king like the kings of the nations, to leave his soldiers without swords and spears, and take no care to provide them, especially when he might have done it out of the spoils of the Ammonites whom he conquered in the beginning of his reign, was such a piece of negligence as could by no means be excused. (3.) How slothful and mean-spirited the Israelites were, that suffered the Philistines thus to impose upon them and had no thought nor spirit to help themselves. It was reckoned very bad with them when there was not a shield or spear found among 40,000 in Israel (Judg. v. 8), and it was not better now, when there was never an Israelite with a sword by his side but the king and his son, never a soldier, never a gentleman; surely they were reduced to this, or began to be so, in Samuel's time, for we never find him with sword or spear in his hand. If they had not been dispirited, they could not have been disarmed, but it was sin that made them naked to their shame.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:15: And Samuel arose - Though David, in the Divine purpose, is appointed to be captain over the people, yet Saul is not to be removed from the government during his life; Samuel therefore accompanies him to Gibeah, to give him the requisite help in this conjuncture.
About six hundred men - The whole of the Israelitish army at this time, and not one sword or spear among them!
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:17
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:15: Samuel arose - Saul could not return to his own station at Michmash, seeing it was occupied by the Philistines; so, perhaps by Samuel's advice (since, according to the text, he preceded him there), he effected a junction with Jonathan at Gibeah. Some would read "Saul" instead of "Samuel."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:15: Samuel: The LXX have, "Samuel arose and went away from Gilgal, and the remainder of the people went up along with the men of war after Samuel from Gilgal to Gibeah of Benjamin." This is probably the true reading; for it does not appear that Samuel went to Gibeah, which was Saul's usual residence; and the Hebrew copyist, as Dr. Wall observes, seems to have missed a line, and added to the sentence concerning Samuel, that which ended the sentence concerning Saul. One manuscript instead of Samuel, in the beginning of the sentence, reads Saul.
present: Heb. found
about six: Sa1 13:2, Sa1 13:6, Sa1 13:7, Sa1 14:2
Geneva 1599
And Samuel arose, and gat him up from Gilgal unto (l) Gibeah of Benjamin. And Saul numbered the people [that were] present with him, about six hundred men.
(l) And went to his city Ramah.
John Gill
And Samuel arose,.... Seemingly in wrath and displeasure, not staying to offer up the peace offerings which remained; and though no mention is made of Saul's going with him, yet it seems as if he did, or at least quickly followed him, as appears from the next verse:
and got him up from Gilgal unto Gibeah of Benjamin; the native place of Saul, thereby directing Saul where he should go, and which might be a stronger place than Gilgal; or however where he might expect to be joined by more persons of his own tribe, as well as in the first place protect and defend that; and it looks by Samuel's going thither, though he was displeased with Saul, yet that he did not intend to forsake him directly and entirely:
and Saul numbered the people that were present with him, about six hundred men: which was done either before he left Gilgal, or as soon as he came to Gibeah; so great a desertion was there from him, that of the 3000 first chosen by him, and of the people after called and gathered to him at Gilgal, only six hundred remained with him; a small number indeed to encounter so large an army the Philistines had brought into the field, and which therefore Saul could not face.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Samuel . . . gat him . . . unto Gibeah . . . and Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people that were present with them, abode in Gibeah--Saul removed his camp thither, either in the hope that, it being his native town, he would gain an increase of followers or that he might enjoy the counsels and influence of the prophet.
13:1613:16: Եւ Սաւո՛ւղ՝ եւ Յովնաթան որդի նորա, եւ ժողովուրդն գտեալ ընդ նոսա՝ նստա՛ն ՚ի Գաբաա Բենիամինի. եւ այլազգիքն բանակեա՛լ էին ՚ի Մաքմաս։
16 Սաւուղը, նրա որդի Յովնաթանն ու նրա հետ եղած զօրքը հաստատուեցին Բենիամինի երկրի Գաբաա քաղաքում, իսկ այլազգիները բանակել էին Մաքմասում:
16 Սաւուղ եւ անոր որդին Յովնաթան ու անոնց հետ գտնուող մարդիկը Բենիամինին Գաբաան* կը նստէին ու Փղշտացիներուն բանակը Մաքմասի մէջ էր։
Եւ Սաւուղ եւ Յովնաթան որդի նորա եւ ժողովուրդն գտեալ ընդ նոսա` նստան ի Գաբաա Բենիամինի. եւ այլազգիքն բանակեալ էին ի Մաքմաս:

13:16: Եւ Սաւո՛ւղ՝ եւ Յովնաթան որդի նորա, եւ ժողովուրդն գտեալ ընդ նոսա՝ նստա՛ն ՚ի Գաբաա Բենիամինի. եւ այլազգիքն բանակեա՛լ էին ՚ի Մաքմաս։
16 Սաւուղը, նրա որդի Յովնաթանն ու նրա հետ եղած զօրքը հաստատուեցին Բենիամինի երկրի Գաբաա քաղաքում, իսկ այլազգիները բանակել էին Մաքմասում:
16 Սաւուղ եւ անոր որդին Յովնաթան ու անոնց հետ գտնուող մարդիկը Բենիամինին Գաբաան* կը նստէին ու Փղշտացիներուն բանակը Մաքմասի մէջ էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1613:16 Саул с сыном своим Ионафаном и людьми, находившимися при них, засели в Гиве Вениаминовой [и плакали]; Филистимляне же стояли станом в Михмасе.
13:17 καὶ και and; even ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out διαφθείρων διαφθειρω deteriorate; ruin ἐξ εκ from; out of ἀγροῦ αγρος field ἀλλοφύλων αλλοφυλος foreigner τρισὶν τρεις three ἀρχαῖς αρχη origin; beginning ἡ ο the ἀρχὴ αρχη origin; beginning ἡ ο the μία εις.1 one; unit ἐπιβλέπουσα επιβλεπω look on ὁδὸν οδος way; journey Γοφερα γοφερα in; on γῆν γη earth; land Σωγαλ σωγαλ Sōgal; Sogal
13:16 וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁא֞וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul וְ wᵊ וְ and יֹונָתָ֣ן yônāṯˈān יֹונָתָן Jonathan בְּנֹ֗ו bᵊnˈô בֵּן son וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people הַ ha הַ the נִּמְצָ֣א nnimṣˈā מצא find עִמָּ֔ם ʕimmˈām עִם with יֹשְׁבִ֖ים yōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in גֶ֣בַע ḡˈevaʕ גֶּבַע Geba בִּנְיָמִ֑ן binyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin וּ û וְ and פְלִשְׁתִּ֖ים fᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine חָנ֥וּ ḥānˌû חנה encamp בְ vᵊ בְּ in מִכְמָֽשׂ׃ miḵmˈāś מִכְמָשׂ Micmash
13:16. et Saul et Ionathan filius eius populusque qui inventus fuerat cum eis erat in Gabaa Beniamin porro Philisthim consederant in MachmasAnd Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people that were present with them, were in Gabaa of Benjamin: But the Philistines encamped in Machmas.
16. And Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people that were present with them, abode in Geba of Benjamin: but the Philistines encamped in Michmash.
13:16. And Saul, and his son Jonathan, and the people who had been found to be with them, were at Gibeah of Benjamin. But the Philistines had settled in at Michmash.
13:16. And Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people [that were] present with them, abode in Gibeah of Benjamin: but the Philistines encamped in Michmash.
And Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people [that were] present with them, abode in Gibeah of Benjamin: but the Philistines encamped in Michmash:

13:16 Саул с сыном своим Ионафаном и людьми, находившимися при них, засели в Гиве Вениаминовой [и плакали]; Филистимляне же стояли станом в Михмасе.
13:17
καὶ και and; even
ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out
διαφθείρων διαφθειρω deteriorate; ruin
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ἀγροῦ αγρος field
ἀλλοφύλων αλλοφυλος foreigner
τρισὶν τρεις three
ἀρχαῖς αρχη origin; beginning
ο the
ἀρχὴ αρχη origin; beginning
ο the
μία εις.1 one; unit
ἐπιβλέπουσα επιβλεπω look on
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
Γοφερα γοφερα in; on
γῆν γη earth; land
Σωγαλ σωγαλ Sōgal; Sogal
13:16
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁא֞וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יֹונָתָ֣ן yônāṯˈān יֹונָתָן Jonathan
בְּנֹ֗ו bᵊnˈô בֵּן son
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עָם֙ ʕˌām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
נִּמְצָ֣א nnimṣˈā מצא find
עִמָּ֔ם ʕimmˈām עִם with
יֹשְׁבִ֖ים yōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
גֶ֣בַע ḡˈevaʕ גֶּבַע Geba
בִּנְיָמִ֑ן binyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
וּ û וְ and
פְלִשְׁתִּ֖ים fᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
חָנ֥וּ ḥānˌû חנה encamp
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מִכְמָֽשׂ׃ miḵmˈāś מִכְמָשׂ Micmash
13:16. et Saul et Ionathan filius eius populusque qui inventus fuerat cum eis erat in Gabaa Beniamin porro Philisthim consederant in Machmas
And Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people that were present with them, were in Gabaa of Benjamin: But the Philistines encamped in Machmas.
13:16. And Saul, and his son Jonathan, and the people who had been found to be with them, were at Gibeah of Benjamin. But the Philistines had settled in at Michmash.
13:16. And Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people [that were] present with them, abode in Gibeah of Benjamin: but the Philistines encamped in Michmash.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:16: Gibeah: Heb. Gebah, Sa1 13:3
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Disarming of Israel by the Philistines. - The following account is no doubt connected with the foregoing, so far as the facts are concerned, inasmuch as Jonathan's brave heroic deed, which brought the Israelites a splendid victory over the Philistines, terminated the war for which Saul had entreated the help of God by his sacrifice at Gilgal; but it is not formally connected with it, so as to form a compact and complete account of the successive stages of the war. On the contrary, the 16th verse, where we have an account of the Israelitish warriors and their enemies, commences a new section of the history, in which the devastating march of the Philistines through the land, and the disarming of the Israelites by these their enemies, are first of all depicted (1Kings 13:17-23); and then the victory of the Israelites through Jonathan's daring and heroic courage, notwithstanding their utter prostration, is recorded (1 Samuel 14:1-46), for the purpose of showing how the Lord had miraculously helped His people.
(Note: From this arrangement of the history, according to which the only two points that are minutely described in connection with the war with the Philistines are those which bring out the attitude of the king, whom the nation had desired to deliver it from its foes, towards Jehovah, and the way in which Jehovah acted towards His people, whilst all the rest is passed over, we may explain the absence of any closer connection between 1Kings 13:15 and 1Kings 13:16, and not from a gap in the text. The lxx, however, adopted the latter supposition, and according to the usual fashion filled up the gap by expanding 1Kings 13:15 in the following thoughtless manner: καὶ ἀνέστη Σαμουὴλ καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκ Γαλγάλων· καὶ τὸ κατάλειμμα τοῦ λαοῦ ἀνεβη ὀπίσω Σαοὺλ εἰς ἀπάντησιν ὀπίσω τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ πολεμιστοῦ· αὐτῶν παραγενομένων ἐκ Γαλγάλων εἰς Γαβαὰ Βενιαμὶν καὶ ἐπεσκέψατο Σαοὺλ, κ.τ.λ. For there is no sense in εἰς ἀπάντησιν ὀπίσω, and the whole thought, that the people who were left went up after Saul to meet the people of war, is unintelligible, since it is not stated whence the people of war had come, who are said to have met with those who had remained behind with Saul, and to have gone up with him from Gilgal to Gibeah. If, however, we overlook this, and assume that when Saul returned from Gilgal to Gibeah a further number of fighting men came to him from different parts of the land, how does this assumption agree with the account which follows, viz., that when Saul mustered the people he found only six hundred men, - a statement which is repeated again in 1Kings 14:2? The discrepancy remains even if we adopt Ewald's conjecture (Gesch. iii. 43), that εἰς ἀπάντησιν is a false rendering of לקּרב, "to the conflict." Moreover, even with the Alexandrian filling up, no natural connection is secured between 1Kings 13:15 and 1Kings 13:16, unless we identify Geba of Benjamin with Gibeah, as the Septuagint and its latest defenders have done, and not only change the participle ישׁבים (1Kings 13:16) into the aorist ἐκάθισαν, but interpolate καὶ ἔκλαιον after "at Geba of Benjamin;" whereas the statement of the text "at Geba in Benjamin" is proved to be correct by the simple fact that Jonathan could only attempt or carry out the heroic deed recorded in 1 Samuel 14 from Geba and not from Gibeah; and the alteration of the participle into the aorist is just as arbitrary as the interpolation of καὶ ἔκλαιον. From all this it follows that the Septuagint version has not preserved the original reading, as Ewald and Thenius suppose, but contains nothing more than a mistaken attempt to restore the missing link. It is true the Vulgate contains the same filling up as the Septuagint, but with one alteration, which upsets the assertion made by Thenius, that the repetition of the expression הגּלגּל מן, ἐκ Γαλγάλων, caused the reading contained in the Septuagint to be dropped out of the Hebrew text. For the text of the Vulgate runs as follows: Surrexit autem Samul et ascendit de Galgalis in Gabaa Benjamin. Et reliqui populi ascenderunt post Saul obviam populo, qui expugnabant eos venientes de Galgala in Gabaa in colle Benjamin. Et recensuit Saul, etc. Jerome has therefore rendered the first two clauses of 1Kings 13:15 in perfect accordance with the Hebrew text; and the addition which follows is nothing more than a gloss that has found its way into his translation from the Itala, and in which de Galgala in colle Benjamin is still retained, whereas Jerome himself rendered הגּלגּל מן de Galgalis.)
1Kings 13:16
The two clauses of this verse are circumstantial clauses: "But Saul, and Jonathan his son, and the people that were with him, were sitting, i.e., tarrying, in Geba of Benjamin (the present Jeba; see at 1Kings 13:3); and the Philistines had encamped at Michmash." Just as in 1Kings 13:2-4 it is not stated when or why Saul went from Michmash or Geba to Gilgal, but this change in his position is merely hinted at indirectly at the close of 1Kings 13:4; so here Saul's return from Gilgal to Geba with the fighting men who remained with him is not distinctly mentioned, but simply taken for granted as having already occurred.
1Kings 13:17-18
Then the spoiler went out of the camp of the Philistines in three companies. ראשׁים שׁלשׁה is made subject to the verb to define the mode of action (see Ewald, 279, c.); and rashim is used here, as in 1Kings 11:11. המּשׁחית, according to the context, is a hostile band that went out to devastate the land. The definite article points it out as well known. One company took the road to Ophrah into the land of Shual, i.e., went in a north-easterly direction, as, according to the Onom., Ophrah of Benjamin was five Roman miles to the east of Bethel (see at Josh 18:23). Robinson supposes it to have been on the site of Tayibeh. The land of Shual (fox-land) is unknown; it may possibly have been identical with the land of Saalim (1Kings 9:5). The other company turned on the road to Beth-horon (Beit-ur: see at Josh 10:11), that is to say, towards the west; the third, "the way to the territory that rises above the valley of Zeboim towards the desert." These descriptions are obscure; and the valley of Zeboim altogether unknown. There is a town of this name (צבעים, different from צביים, Deut 29:22; Gen 14:2, Gen 14:8; or צבאים, Hos 11:8, in the vale of Siddim) mentioned in Neh 11:34, which was inhabited by Benjaminites, and was apparently situated in the south-eastern portion of the land of Benjamin, to the north-east of Jerusalem, from which it follows that the third company pursued its devastating course in a south-easterly direction from Michmash towards Jericho. "The wilderness" is probably the desert of Judah. The intention of the Philistines in carrying out these devastating expeditions, was no doubt to entice the men who were gathered round Saul and Jonathan out of their secure positions at Gibeah and Geba, and force them to fight.
1Kings 13:19-21
The Israelites could not offer a successful resistance to these devastating raids, as there was no smith to be found in the whole land: "For the Philistines thought the Hebrews might make themselves sword or spear" (אמר followed by פּן, "to say, or think, that not," equivalent to being unwilling that it should be done). Consequently (as the words clearly imply) when they proceeded to occupy the land of Israel as described in 1Kings 13:5, they disarmed the people throughout, i.e., as far as they penetrated, and carried off the smiths, who might have been able to forge weapons; so that, as is still further related in 1Kings 13:20, all Israel was obliged to go to the Philistines, every one to sharpen his edge-tool, and his ploughshare, and his axe, and his chopper. According to Is 2:4; Mic 4:3, and Joel 3:10, את is an iron instrument used in agriculture; the majority of the ancient versions render it ploughshare. The word מחרשׁתו is striking after the previous מחרשׁתּו (from מחרשׁת); and the meaning of both words is uncertain. According to the etymology, מחרשׁת might denote any kind of edge-tool, even the ploughshare. The second מחרשׁתו is rendered τὸ δρέπανον αὐτοῦ (his sickle) by the lxx, and sarculum by Jerome, a small garden hoe for loosening and weeding the soil. The fact that the word is connected with קרדּם, the axe or hatchet, favours the idea that it signifies a hoe or spade rather than a sickle. Some of the words in 1Kings 13:21 are still more obscure. והיתה, which is the reading adopted by all the earlier translators, indicates that the result is about to be given of the facts mentioned before: "And there came to pass," i.e., so that there came to pass (or arose), פּים הפּצירה, "a blunting of the edges." פּצירה, bluntness, from פּצר, to tear, hence to make blunt, is confirmed by the Arabic futâr, gladius fissuras habens, obtusus ensis, whereas the meaning to hammer, i.e., to sharpen by hammering, cannot be established. The insertion of the article before פּצירה is as striking as the omission of it before פּים; also the stat. abs. instead of the construct פּצירת. These anomalies render it a very probable conjecture that the reading may have been הפּים הפציר (inf. Hiph. nomin.). Accordingly the rendering would be, "so that bluntness of the edges occurred in the edge-tools, and the ploughshares, and the trident, and the axes, and the setting of the goad." קלּשׁון שׁלשׁ is to be regarded as a nom. comp. like our trident, denoting an instrument with three prongs, according to the Chaldee and the Rabbins (see Ges. Thes. p. 1219). דּרבן, stimulus, is probably a pointed instrument generally, since the meaning goad is fully established in the case of דּרבון in Eccles 12:11.
(Note: 1Kings 13:21 runs very differently in the lxx, namely, καὶ ἦν ὁ τρυγητὸς ἕτοιμος τοῦ θερίζειν, τὰ δὲ σκεύη ἦν τρεῖς σίκλοι εἰς τὸν ὀδόντα, καὶ τῇ ἀξίνῃ καὶ τῷ δρεπάνῳ ὑτόστασις ἦν ἡ αὐτή; and Thenius and Bttcher propose an emendation of the Hebrew text accordingly, so as to obtain the following meaning: "And the sharpening of the edges in the case of the spades and ploughshares was done at three shekels a tooth (i.e., three shekels each), and for the axe and sickle it was the same" (Thenius); or, "and the same for the sickles, and for the axes, and for setting the prong" (Bttcher). But here also it is easy enough to discover that the lxx had not another text before them that was different from the Masoretic text, but merely confounded הפציר with הבציר, τρυγητός, and took קלּשׁון שׁלשׁ, which was unintelligible to them, e conjectura for השּׁן שׁק שׁלשׁ, altogether regardless of the sense or nonsense of their own translation. The latest supporters of this senseless rendering, however, have neither undertaken to prove the possibility of translating ὀδόντα (ὀδούς), "each single piece" (i.e., each), or inquired into the value of money at that time, so as to see whether three shekels would be an unexampled charge for the sharpening of an axe or sickle.)
1Kings 13:22
On the day of battle, therefore, the people with Saul and Jonathan were without either sword or spear; Saul and Jonathan were the only persons provided with them. The account of the expedition of the Israelites, and their victory over the Ammonites, given in 1Kings 13:11, is apparently at variance with this description of the situation of the Israelites, since the war in question not only presupposes the possession of weapons by the Israelites, but must also have resulted in their capturing a considerable quantity. The discrepancy is very easily removed, however, when we look carefully at all the circumstances. For instance, we can hardly picture the Israelites to ourselves as amply provided with ordinary weapons in this expedition against the Ammonites. Moreover, the disarming of the Israelites by the Philistines took place for the most part if not entirely after this expedition, viz., at the time when the Philistines swept over the land with an innumerable army after Jonathan had smitten their garrison at Geba (1Kings 13:3, 1Kings 13:5), so that the fighting men who gathered round Saul and Jonathan after that could hardly bring many arms with them. Lastly, the words "there was neither sword nor spear found in the hands of all the people with Saul and Jonathan" must not be too closely pressed, but simply affirm that the 600 fighting men of Saul and Jonathan were not provided with the necessary arms, because the Philistines had prevented the possibility of their arming themselves in the ordinary way by depriving the people of all their smiths.
1Kings 13:23
1Kings 13:23 forms the transition to the heroic act of Jonathan described in 1 Samuel 14.: "An outpost of the Philistines went out to the pass of Michmash;" i.e., the Philistines pushed forward a company of soldiers to the pass (מעבר, the crossing place) of Michmash, to prevent an attack being made by the Israelites upon their camp. Between Geba and Michmash there runs the great deep Wady es Suweinit, which goes down from Beitin and Bireh (Bethel and Beeroth) to the valley of the Jordan, and intersects the ridge upon which the two places are situated, so that the sides of the wady form very precipitous walls. When Robinson was travelling from Jeba to Mukhmas he had to go down a very steep and rugged path into this deep wady (Pal. ii. p. 116). "The way," he says in his Biblical Researches, p. 289, "was so steep, and the rocky steps so high, that we were compelled to dismount; while the baggage mules got along with great difficulty. Here, where we crossed, several short side wadys came in from the south-west and north-west. The ridges between these terminate in elevating points projecting into the great wady; and the most easterly of these bluffs on each side were probably the outposts of the two garrisons of Israel and the Philistines. The road passes around the eastern side of the southern hill, the post of Israel, and then strikes up over the western part of the northern one, the post of the Philistines, and the scene of Jonathan's adventure."
John Gill
And Saul, and Jonathan his son,.... Who were now joined to their men, on Saul's coming to Gibeah:
and the people that were present with them; the six hundred men before numbered: abode in Gibeah of Benjamin; being perhaps a strong fortified place, not choosing to go forth to meet the army of the Philistines, so vastly superior to them:
but the Philistines encamped at Michmash; the old quarters of Saul before he went to Gilgal, 1Kings 13:2.
13:1713:17: Եւ ելանէր ապականիչն յանդէ այլազգեացն յերիս առաջս. առա՛ջ մի՝ որ հայէր ընդ ճանապարհն Ոփերա՛յ յաղբեւրն Սոգովղ՚այ[2952]. [2952] Ոմանք. Առաջ միոյ հայէր ընդ։
17 Այլազգիների բանակից դուրս եկան երեք գնդեր, որ աւերածութիւն գործեն: Մի գունդը դիմեց դէպի Օփիր տանող ճանապարհը, դէպի Սոգողի աղբիւրը,
17 Փղշտացիներուն բանակէն երեք գունդ աւարառու ելաւ. գունդին մէկը դէպի Եփրայի ճամբան՝ Սաւուղին երկիրը դարձաւ
Եւ ելանէր ապականիչն [250]յանդէ այլազգեացն յերիս առաջս. առաջ մի [251]որ հայէր`` ընդ ճանապարհն Ոփերայ [252]յաղբեւրն Սոգովղայ:

13:17: Եւ ելանէր ապականիչն յանդէ այլազգեացն յերիս առաջս. առա՛ջ մի՝ որ հայէր ընդ ճանապարհն Ոփերա՛յ յաղբեւրն Սոգովղ՚այ[2952].
[2952] Ոմանք. Առաջ միոյ հայէր ընդ։
17 Այլազգիների բանակից դուրս եկան երեք գնդեր, որ աւերածութիւն գործեն: Մի գունդը դիմեց դէպի Օփիր տանող ճանապարհը, դէպի Սոգողի աղբիւրը,
17 Փղշտացիներուն բանակէն երեք գունդ աւարառու ելաւ. գունդին մէկը դէպի Եփրայի ճամբան՝ Սաւուղին երկիրը դարձաւ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1713:17 И вышли из стана Филистимского три отряда для опустошения земли: один направился по дороге к Офре, в округ Суаль,
13:18 καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the μία εις.1 one; unit ἀρχὴ αρχη origin; beginning ἐπιβλέπουσα επιβλεπω look on ὁδὸν οδος way; journey Βαιθωρων βαιθωρων and; even ἡ ο the ἀρχὴ αρχη origin; beginning ἡ ο the μία εις.1 one; unit ἐπιβλέπουσα επιβλεπω look on ὁδὸν οδος way; journey Γαβεε γαβεε the εἰσκύπτουσαν εισκυπτω in; on Γαι γαι the Σαβιν σαβιν Sabin; Savin
13:17 וַ wa וְ and יֵּצֵ֧א yyēṣˈē יצא go out הַ ha הַ the מַּשְׁחִ֛ית mmašḥˈîṯ מַשְׁחִית destruction מִ mi מִן from מַּחֲנֵ֥ה mmaḥᵃnˌē מַחֲנֶה camp פְלִשְׁתִּ֖ים fᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה šᵊlōšˈā שָׁלֹשׁ three רָאשִׁ֑ים rāšˈîm רֹאשׁ head הָ hā הַ the רֹ֨אשׁ rˌōš רֹאשׁ head אֶחָ֥ד ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one יִפְנֶ֛ה yifnˈeh פנה turn אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to דֶּ֥רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way עָפְרָ֖ה ʕofrˌā עָפְרָה Ophrah אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth שׁוּעָֽל׃ šûʕˈāl שׁוּעָל Shual
13:17. et egressi sunt ad praedandum de castris Philisthim tres cunei unus cuneus pergebat contra viam Ephra ad terram SaulAnd there went out of the camp of the Philistines three companies to plunder. One company went towards the way of Ephra to the land of Sual;
17. And the spoilers came out of the camp of the Philistines in three companies: one company turned unto the way that leadeth to Ophrah, unto the land of Shual:
13:17. And three companies went out from the camp of the Philistines, in order to plunder. One company was traveling toward the way of Ophrah, to the land of Shual.
13:17. And the spoilers came out of the camp of the Philistines in three companies: one company turned unto the way [that leadeth to] Ophrah, unto the land of Shual:
And the spoilers came out of the camp of the Philistines in three companies: one company turned unto the way [that leadeth to] Ophrah, unto the land of Shual:

13:17 И вышли из стана Филистимского три отряда для опустошения земли: один направился по дороге к Офре, в округ Суаль,
13:18
καὶ και and; even
ο the
μία εις.1 one; unit
ἀρχὴ αρχη origin; beginning
ἐπιβλέπουσα επιβλεπω look on
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
Βαιθωρων βαιθωρων and; even
ο the
ἀρχὴ αρχη origin; beginning
ο the
μία εις.1 one; unit
ἐπιβλέπουσα επιβλεπω look on
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
Γαβεε γαβεε the
εἰσκύπτουσαν εισκυπτω in; on
Γαι γαι the
Σαβιν σαβιν Sabin; Savin
13:17
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּצֵ֧א yyēṣˈē יצא go out
הַ ha הַ the
מַּשְׁחִ֛ית mmašḥˈîṯ מַשְׁחִית destruction
מִ mi מִן from
מַּחֲנֵ֥ה mmaḥᵃnˌē מַחֲנֶה camp
פְלִשְׁתִּ֖ים fᵊlištˌîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה šᵊlōšˈā שָׁלֹשׁ three
רָאשִׁ֑ים rāšˈîm רֹאשׁ head
הָ הַ the
רֹ֨אשׁ rˌōš רֹאשׁ head
אֶחָ֥ד ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one
יִפְנֶ֛ה yifnˈeh פנה turn
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
דֶּ֥רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
עָפְרָ֖ה ʕofrˌā עָפְרָה Ophrah
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
שׁוּעָֽל׃ šûʕˈāl שׁוּעָל Shual
13:17. et egressi sunt ad praedandum de castris Philisthim tres cunei unus cuneus pergebat contra viam Ephra ad terram Saul
And there went out of the camp of the Philistines three companies to plunder. One company went towards the way of Ephra to the land of Sual;
13:17. And three companies went out from the camp of the Philistines, in order to plunder. One company was traveling toward the way of Ophrah, to the land of Shual.
13:17. And the spoilers came out of the camp of the Philistines in three companies: one company turned unto the way [that leadeth to] Ophrah, unto the land of Shual:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
17: Офра Вениаминова - на север от Михмаса.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:17: The spoilers came out - The Philistines, finding that the Israelites durst not hazard a battle, divided their army into three bands, and sent them in three different directions to pillage and destroy the country. Jonathan profited by this circumstance, and attacked the remains of the army at Michmash, as we shall see in the succeeding chapter, 1 Samuel 14 (note).
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:19
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:17: The spoilers - "The devastator:" the same word is used of the destroying Angel Exo 12:23. The verse describes the system adopted by the Philistines by which for a time they subjugated the Israelites. From their central camp at Michmash they sent out three bands to kill and lay waste and destroy. One took a northerly direction toward Ophrah - five miles east of Bethel, identified with "Ephrain" Ch2 13:19 and the modern "Taiyibeh," - and toward the land of Shual, possibly the same as Shalim Sa1 9:4; the second westward to Beth-horon; and the third eastward, by the unknown valley of Zeboim, toward the wilderness, i. e., the Jordan valley, toward Jericho.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:17: in three companies: Sa1 11:11
Ophrah: Jos 18:23
Shual: Jos 19:3
John Gill
And the spoilers came out of the camp of the Philistines in three companies,.... Saul not daring to come out to fight them, and there being none throughout the land to oppose them, they sent out three companies of soldiers to ravage and spoil the country; of so little use and service was a king to Israel, they were so extremely desirous of; and this was suffered, to convince them of their vain confidence in him, and that their trust ought to be in the Lord their God; never was their country more exposed to rapine and violence than now:
one company turned unto the way that leadeth to Ophrah; a city in the land of Benjamin, of which see Josh 18:23 and lay southwest from Michmash, where the army of the Philistines were:
unto the land of Shual: which the Targum paraphrases,"the land of the south;''it seems to have had its name from the multitude of foxes in it, Shual signifying a fox.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
the spoilers came out of the camp of the Philistines in three companies--ravaging through the three valleys which radiate from the uplands of Michmash to Ophrah on the north, through the pass of Beth-horon on the west, and down the ravines of Zeboim ("the hyÃ&brvbr;nas"), towards the Ghor or Jordan valley on the east.
13:1813:18: եւ առաջ մի ընդ ճանապարհն՝ որ հայէր ՚ի Բոթորոն. եւ առաջ մի՝ ընդ ճանապարհն որ հայէր ՚ի Գաբայէ յառեա՛լ ՚ի Գայի Սաբայի՛ն անապատին[2953]։ [2953] Ոմանք. Որ հայէր ընդ Գաբայէ յառեալ։
18 միւս գունդը՝ դէպի Բեթորոն տանող ճանապարհը, իսկ երրորդ գունդը՝ Գաբաայից դէպի Սաբայի անապատի Գայի տանող ճանապարհը:
18 Եւ գունդին մէկը դէպի Բեթորոնի ճամբան դարձաւ ու գունդին մէկն ալ դէպի անապատը դարձաւ ու Սեբոյիմի հովիտը նայող սահմանին ճամբան բռնեց։
եւ առաջ մի [253]ընդ ճանապարհն` որ հայէր ի Բոթորոն``. եւ առաջ մի` [254]ընդ ճանապարհն որ հայէր ի Գաբայէ յառեալ ի Գայի Սաբային անապատին:

13:18: եւ առաջ մի ընդ ճանապարհն՝ որ հայէր ՚ի Բոթորոն. եւ առաջ մի՝ ընդ ճանապարհն որ հայէր ՚ի Գաբայէ յառեա՛լ ՚ի Գայի Սաբայի՛ն անապատին[2953]։
[2953] Ոմանք. Որ հայէր ընդ Գաբայէ յառեալ։
18 միւս գունդը՝ դէպի Բեթորոն տանող ճանապարհը, իսկ երրորդ գունդը՝ Գաբաայից դէպի Սաբայի անապատի Գայի տանող ճանապարհը:
18 Եւ գունդին մէկը դէպի Բեթորոնի ճամբան դարձաւ ու գունդին մէկն ալ դէպի անապատը դարձաւ ու Սեբոյիմի հովիտը նայող սահմանին ճամբան բռնեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1813:18 другой отряд направился по дороге Вефоронской, а третий направился по дороге к границе долины Цевоим, к пустыне.
13:19 καὶ και and; even τέκτων τεκτων carpenter; craftsman σιδήρου σιδηρος iron οὐχ ου not εὑρίσκετο ευρισκω find ἐν εν in πάσῃ πας all; every γῇ γη earth; land Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ὅτι οτι since; that εἶπον επω say; speak οἱ ο the ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner μὴ μη not ποιήσωσιν ποιεω do; make οἱ ο the Εβραῖοι εβραιος Hebrew ῥομφαίαν ρομφαια broadsword καὶ και and; even δόρυ δορυ stem; tree
13:18 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the רֹ֤אשׁ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head אֶחָד֙ ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one יִפְנֶ֔ה yifnˈeh פנה turn דֶּ֖רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way בֵּ֣ית חֹרֹ֑ון bˈêṯ ḥōrˈôn בֵּית חֹורֹון Beth Horon וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the רֹ֨אשׁ rˌōš רֹאשׁ head אֶחָ֤ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one יִפְנֶה֙ yifnˌeh פנה turn דֶּ֣רֶךְ dˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way הַ ha הַ the גְּב֔וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary הַ ha הַ the נִּשְׁקָ֛ף nnišqˈāf שׁקף look עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon גֵּ֥י gˌê גַּיְא valley הַ ha הַ the צְּבֹעִ֖ים ṣṣᵊvōʕˌîm צְבֹעִים Zeboim הַ ha הַ the מִּדְבָּֽרָה׃ ס mmiḏbˈārā . s מִדְבָּר desert
13:18. porro alius ingrediebatur per viam Bethoron tertius autem verterat se ad iter termini inminentis valli Seboim contra desertumAnd another went by the way of Bethoron, and the third turned to the way of the border, above the valley of Seboim towards thc desert.
18. and another company turned the way to Beth-horon: and another company turned the way of the border that looketh down upon the valley of Zeboim toward the wilderness.
13:18. Then another entered along the way of Beth-horon. But the third turned itself to the way of the border, overhanging the valley of Zeboim, opposite the desert.
13:18. And another company turned the way [to] Bethhoron: and another company turned [to] the way of the border that looketh to the valley of Zeboim toward the wilderness.
And another company turned the way [to] Beth- horon: and another company turned [to] the way of the border that looketh to the valley of Zeboim toward the wilderness:

13:18 другой отряд направился по дороге Вефоронской, а третий направился по дороге к границе долины Цевоим, к пустыне.
13:19
καὶ και and; even
τέκτων τεκτων carpenter; craftsman
σιδήρου σιδηρος iron
οὐχ ου not
εὑρίσκετο ευρισκω find
ἐν εν in
πάσῃ πας all; every
γῇ γη earth; land
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ὅτι οτι since; that
εἶπον επω say; speak
οἱ ο the
ἀλλόφυλοι αλλοφυλος foreigner
μὴ μη not
ποιήσωσιν ποιεω do; make
οἱ ο the
Εβραῖοι εβραιος Hebrew
ῥομφαίαν ρομφαια broadsword
καὶ και and; even
δόρυ δορυ stem; tree
13:18
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
רֹ֤אשׁ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head
אֶחָד֙ ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one
יִפְנֶ֔ה yifnˈeh פנה turn
דֶּ֖רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
בֵּ֣ית חֹרֹ֑ון bˈêṯ ḥōrˈôn בֵּית חֹורֹון Beth Horon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
רֹ֨אשׁ rˌōš רֹאשׁ head
אֶחָ֤ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
יִפְנֶה֙ yifnˌeh פנה turn
דֶּ֣רֶךְ dˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
הַ ha הַ the
גְּב֔וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
הַ ha הַ the
נִּשְׁקָ֛ף nnišqˈāf שׁקף look
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
גֵּ֥י gˌê גַּיְא valley
הַ ha הַ the
צְּבֹעִ֖ים ṣṣᵊvōʕˌîm צְבֹעִים Zeboim
הַ ha הַ the
מִּדְבָּֽרָה׃ ס mmiḏbˈārā . s מִדְבָּר desert
13:18. porro alius ingrediebatur per viam Bethoron tertius autem verterat se ad iter termini inminentis valli Seboim contra desertum
And another went by the way of Bethoron, and the third turned to the way of the border, above the valley of Seboim towards thc desert.
13:18. Then another entered along the way of Beth-horon. But the third turned itself to the way of the border, overhanging the valley of Zeboim, opposite the desert.
13:18. And another company turned the way [to] Bethhoron: and another company turned [to] the way of the border that looketh to the valley of Zeboim toward the wilderness.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
18: Вефорон (Верхний и Нижний) - на запад от Михмаса. Цевоим - к юго-востоку от Михмаса, по направлению к пустыне Иерихонской.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:18: Bethhoron: Jos 10:11, Jos 16:3, Jos 16:5, Jos 18:13, Jos 18:14; Ch1 6:68; Ch2 8:5
Zeboim: Gen 14:2; Neh 11:34; Hos 11:8
Geneva 1599
And another company turned the way [to] Bethhoron: and (m) another company turned [to] the way of the border that looketh to the valley of Zeboim toward the wilderness.
(m) So that to man's judgment these three armies would have overrun the whole country.
John Gill
And another company turned the way to Bethhoron,.... Of which name there were two cities, the upper and nether, and both in the tribe of Ephraim, of which see Josh 16:3 this lay northwest from the camp of the Philistines at Michmash; eight miles from it, according to Bunting (d):
and another company turned to the way of the border, that looketh towards the valley of Zeboim, toward the wilderness; some take this to be the Zeboim which was destroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah; and the wilderness, the wilderness of Jordan; but as that, so the valley in which it stood, was turned into a bituminous lake; this seems to be a city in the land of Benjamin, Neh 11:34 near to which was a valley, and this towards the wilderness of Jericho, and so lay eastward; the Targum calls it the valley of vipers, perhaps from its being infested with many; and so David de Pomis (e) says it is the name of a place where plenty of serpents were found, and which he says were called so because of the variety of colours in them; with which agrees Kimchi's note on the place; they seem to mean serpents spotted (f), as if they were painted and dyed of various colours, as the Hebrew word which is thus paraphrased signifies: according to Bunting (g), it was eight miles from Michmash.
(d) Travels of the Patriarchs, &c. p. 133. (e) Tzemach David, fol. 13. 2. & 153. 1. (f) , Homer. Iliad. 12. ver. 208. "notis maculosus grandibus", Virgil. Georgic. l. 3. v. 427. (g) Ut supra. (Travels of the Patriarchs, &c. p. 133.)
13:1913:19: Եւ դարբին երկաթոյ ո՛չ գտանէր յամենայն երկիրն Իսրայէլի. քանզի ասէին այլազգիքն եթէ գուցէ՛ առնիցեն Եբրայեցիքն սուսե՛ր եւ գեղարդն[2954]։ [2954] Ոմանք. Չգտանէր յամենայն երկրին։
19 Ամբողջ Իսրայէլի երկրում մի դարբին չգտնուեց, քանզի այլազգիներն ասել էին. «Այնպէս անենք, որ եբրայեցիները սուր կամ գեղարդ չշինեն»:
19 Իսրայէլի բոլոր երկրին մէջ դարբին մը չէր գտնուեր, քանզի Փղշտացիները ըսեր էին թէ ‘Չըլլայ թէ Եբրայեցիները սուր կամ նիզակ շինեն’։
Եւ դարբին երկաթոյ ոչ գտանէր յամենայն երկրին Իսրայելի, քանզի ասէին այլազգիքն եթէ գուցէ առնիցեն Եբրայեցիքն սուսեր եւ գեղարդն:

13:19: Եւ դարբին երկաթոյ ո՛չ գտանէր յամենայն երկիրն Իսրայէլի. քանզի ասէին այլազգիքն եթէ գուցէ՛ առնիցեն Եբրայեցիքն սուսե՛ր եւ գեղարդն[2954]։
[2954] Ոմանք. Չգտանէր յամենայն երկրին։
19 Ամբողջ Իսրայէլի երկրում մի դարբին չգտնուեց, քանզի այլազգիներն ասել էին. «Այնպէս անենք, որ եբրայեցիները սուր կամ գեղարդ չշինեն»:
19 Իսրայէլի բոլոր երկրին մէջ դարբին մը չէր գտնուեր, քանզի Փղշտացիները ըսեր էին թէ ‘Չըլլայ թէ Եբրայեցիները սուր կամ նիզակ շինեն’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:1913:19 Кузнецов не было во всей земле Израильской; ибо Филистимляне опасались, чтобы Евреи не сделали меча или копья.
13:20 καὶ και and; even κατέβαινον καταβαινω step down; descend πᾶς πας all; every Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel εἰς εις into; for γῆν γη earth; land ἀλλοφύλων αλλοφυλος foreigner χαλκεύειν χαλκευω each τὸ ο the θέριστρον θεριστρον he; him καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the σκεῦος σκευος vessel; jar αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἕκαστος εκαστος each τὴν ο the ἀξίνην αξινη axe αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the δρέπανον δρεπανον sickle αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and חָרָשׁ֙ ḥārˌāš חָרָשׁ artisan לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not יִמָּצֵ֔א yimmāṣˈē מצא find בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אָמְר֣וּאמר *ʔāmᵊrˈû אמר say פְלִשְׁתִּ֔ים fᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine פֶּ֚ן ˈpen פֶּן lest יַעֲשׂ֣וּ yaʕᵃśˈû עשׂה make הָ hā הַ the עִבְרִ֔ים ʕivrˈîm עִבְרִי Hebrew חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger אֹ֥ו ʔˌô אֹו or חֲנִֽית׃ ḥᵃnˈîṯ חֲנִית spear
13:19. porro faber ferrarius non inveniebatur in omni terra Israhel caverant enim Philisthim ne forte facerent Hebraei gladium aut lanceamNow there was no smith to be found in all the land of Israel, for the Philistines had taken this precaution, lest the Hebrews should make them swords or spears.
19. Now there was no smith found throughout all the land of Israel: for the Philistines said, Lest the Hebrews make them swords or spears:
13:19. Now there was no worker of iron to be found in all the land of Israel. For the Philistines had been cautious, lest perhaps the Hebrews might make swords or spears.
13:19. Now there was no smith found throughout all the land of Israel: for the Philistines said, Lest the Hebrews make [them] swords or spears:
Now there was no smith found throughout all the land of Israel: for the Philistines said, Lest the Hebrews make [them] swords or spears:

13:19 Кузнецов не было во всей земле Израильской; ибо Филистимляне опасались, чтобы Евреи не сделали меча или копья.
13:20
καὶ και and; even
κατέβαινον καταβαινω step down; descend
πᾶς πας all; every
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
εἰς εις into; for
γῆν γη earth; land
ἀλλοφύλων αλλοφυλος foreigner
χαλκεύειν χαλκευω each
τὸ ο the
θέριστρον θεριστρον he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
σκεῦος σκευος vessel; jar
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
τὴν ο the
ἀξίνην αξινη axe
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
δρέπανον δρεπανον sickle
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חָרָשׁ֙ ḥārˌāš חָרָשׁ artisan
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
יִמָּצֵ֔א yimmāṣˈē מצא find
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אָמְר֣וּאמר
*ʔāmᵊrˈû אמר say
פְלִשְׁתִּ֔ים fᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
פֶּ֚ן ˈpen פֶּן lest
יַעֲשׂ֣וּ yaʕᵃśˈû עשׂה make
הָ הַ the
עִבְרִ֔ים ʕivrˈîm עִבְרִי Hebrew
חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger
אֹ֥ו ʔˌô אֹו or
חֲנִֽית׃ ḥᵃnˈîṯ חֲנִית spear
13:19. porro faber ferrarius non inveniebatur in omni terra Israhel caverant enim Philisthim ne forte facerent Hebraei gladium aut lanceam
Now there was no smith to be found in all the land of Israel, for the Philistines had taken this precaution, lest the Hebrews should make them swords or spears.
13:19. Now there was no worker of iron to be found in all the land of Israel. For the Philistines had been cautious, lest perhaps the Hebrews might make swords or spears.
13:19. Now there was no smith found throughout all the land of Israel: for the Philistines said, Lest the Hebrews make [them] swords or spears:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:19: Now there was no smith found - It is very likely that in the former wars the Philistines carried away all the smiths from Israel, as Porsenna did in the peace which he granted to the Romans, not permitting any iron to be forged except for the purposes of agriculture: "Ne ferro, nisi in agricultura, uterentur." The Chaldeans did the same to the Jews in the time of Nebuchadnezzar; they carried away all the artificers, Kg2 24:14; Jer 24:1; Jer 29:2. And in the same manner did Cyrus treat the Lydians, Herod. lib. i., c. 145. See several examples in Calmet.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:20
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:19: There was no smith - This was the result of the fierce inroads described in the preceding verses, and the method adopted to make the Philistine conquests permanent.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:19: there was no: It is probable that the Philistines in the former wars had carried away all the smiths from Israel. Jdg 5:8; Kg2 24:14; Isa 54:16; Jer 24:1
John Gill
Now there was no smith found throughout all the land of Israel,.... The Philistines, when they ruled over them, having removed them into their own country, and forbid any to learn or exercise that trade in Israel:
for the Philistines said, lest the Hebrews make swords or spears: this they did to prevent their having arms, and the use of them, that they might not rebel against them, and fight with them, and overcome them; it was a piece of policy to keep them subject to them; so Nebuchadnezzar, when he conquered the Jews and carried them captive, took care particularly to carry away their smiths, and left none but the poorest sort of people in the land, 4Kings 24:14 and Porsena, king of the Etrusci, when he made a covenant with the Romans, upon the expulsion of their kings, made this a condition of peace with them, that they should use no iron but in husbandry (h). When this course was taken by the Philistines with the Israelites, and how long it had continued is not certain; it is probable it might be in the space of forty years they ruled over Israel, in which Samson was born, for we never read of any sword or spear that he made use of; and though there were two battles in the times of Eli, in both which Israel were beaten, they might make use only of bows and arrows, slings, and stones, clubs, &c, as also in the battle of Saul with the Ammonites; and as for the defeat of the Philistines in the time of Samuel, it was by thunder; and though the Philistines were then subdued, yet, as Samuel grew old, they regained their power in a good measure, and the Israelites had not spirit enough to oppose them, nor diligence and industry to learn and revive the trade of smiths among them; not even for what was necessary to husbandry, as the following verse shows.
(h) Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 34. c. 14.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Now there was no smith found throughout . . . Israel--The country was in the lowest state of depression and degradation. The Philistines, after the great victory over the sons of Eli, had become the virtual masters of the land. Their policy in disarming the natives has been often followed in the East. For repairing any serious damage to their agricultural implements, they had to apply to the neighboring forts.
13:2013:20: Եւ իջանէին ամենայն Իսրայէլացիքն յերկիրն այլազգեաց, թեքե՛լ իւրաքանչիւր զգերանդի՛ իւր եւ զգործի՛ իւր, եւ իւրաքանչիւր զփայտա՛տ իւր, եւ զմանգա՛ղ իւր։
20 Բոլոր իսրայէլացիներն իրենց գերանդին, գործիքները, կացինը եւ մանգաղը նորոգելու համար գնում էին այլազգիների երկիրը:
20 Բոլոր Իսրայելացիները՝ ամէն մէկը իր բրիչը, խոփը, տապարն ու բահը շտկելու համար Փղշտացիներուն երկիրը կ’իջնէին։
Եւ իջանէին ամենայն Իսրայելացիքն յերկիրն այլազգեաց` թեքել իւրաքանչիւր [255]զգերանդի իւր եւ զգործի իւր, եւ իւրաքանչիւր զփայտատ իւր եւ զմանգաղ իւր:

13:20: Եւ իջանէին ամենայն Իսրայէլացիքն յերկիրն այլազգեաց, թեքե՛լ իւրաքանչիւր զգերանդի՛ իւր եւ զգործի՛ իւր, եւ իւրաքանչիւր զփայտա՛տ իւր, եւ զմանգա՛ղ իւր։
20 Բոլոր իսրայէլացիներն իրենց գերանդին, գործիքները, կացինը եւ մանգաղը նորոգելու համար գնում էին այլազգիների երկիրը:
20 Բոլոր Իսրայելացիները՝ ամէն մէկը իր բրիչը, խոփը, տապարն ու բահը շտկելու համար Փղշտացիներուն երկիրը կ’իջնէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2013:20 И должны были ходить все Израильтяне к Филистимлянам оттачивать свои сошники, и свои заступы, и свои топоры, и свои кирки,
13:21 καὶ και and; even ἦν ειμι be ὁ ο the τρυγητὸς τρυγητος ready; prepared τοῦ ο the θερίζειν θεριζω harvest; reap τὰ ο the δὲ δε though; while σκεύη σκευος vessel; jar ἦν ειμι be τρεῖς τρεις three σίκλοι σικλος into; for τὸν ο the ὀδόντα οδους tooth καὶ και and; even τῇ ο the ἀξίνῃ αξινη axe καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the δρεπάνῳ δρεπανον sickle ὑπόστασις υποστασις essence; substructure ἦν ειμι be ἡ ο the αὐτή αυτος he; him
13:20 וַ wa וְ and יֵּרְד֥וּ yyērᵊḏˌû ירד descend כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel הַ ha הַ the פְּלִשְׁתִּ֑ים ppᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine לִ֠ li לְ to לְטֹושׁ lᵊṭôš לטשׁ sharpen אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מַחֲרַשְׁתֹּ֤ו maḥᵃraštˈô מַחֲרֶשֶׁת ploughshare וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֵתֹו֙ ʔēṯˌô אֵת ploughshare וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] קַרְדֻּמֹּ֔ו qardummˈô קַרְדֹּם axe וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] מַחֲרֵשָׁתֹֽו׃ maḥᵃrēšāṯˈô מַחֲרֵשָׁה ploughshare
13:20. descendebat ergo omnis Israhel ad Philisthim ut exacueret unusquisque vomerem suum et ligonem et securim et sarculumSo all Israel went down to the Philistines, to sharpen every man his ploughshare, and his spade, and his axe, and his rake.
20. but all the Israelites went down to the Philistines, to sharpen every man his share, and his coulter, and his axe, and his mattock;
13:20. Therefore, all of Israel descended to the Philistines, so that each man could sharpen his plowshare, or pick axe, or hatchet, or hoe.
13:20. But all the Israelites went down to the Philistines, to sharpen every man his share, and his coulter, and his axe, and his mattock.
But all the Israelites went down to the Philistines, to sharpen every man his share, and his coulter, and his axe, and his mattock:

13:20 И должны были ходить все Израильтяне к Филистимлянам оттачивать свои сошники, и свои заступы, и свои топоры, и свои кирки,
13:21
καὶ και and; even
ἦν ειμι be
ο the
τρυγητὸς τρυγητος ready; prepared
τοῦ ο the
θερίζειν θεριζω harvest; reap
τὰ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
σκεύη σκευος vessel; jar
ἦν ειμι be
τρεῖς τρεις three
σίκλοι σικλος into; for
τὸν ο the
ὀδόντα οδους tooth
καὶ και and; even
τῇ ο the
ἀξίνῃ αξινη axe
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
δρεπάνῳ δρεπανον sickle
ὑπόστασις υποστασις essence; substructure
ἦν ειμι be
ο the
αὐτή αυτος he; him
13:20
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּרְד֥וּ yyērᵊḏˌû ירד descend
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
הַ ha הַ the
פְּלִשְׁתִּ֑ים ppᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
לִ֠ li לְ to
לְטֹושׁ lᵊṭôš לטשׁ sharpen
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מַחֲרַשְׁתֹּ֤ו maḥᵃraštˈô מַחֲרֶשֶׁת ploughshare
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֵתֹו֙ ʔēṯˌô אֵת ploughshare
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
קַרְדֻּמֹּ֔ו qardummˈô קַרְדֹּם axe
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
מַחֲרֵשָׁתֹֽו׃ maḥᵃrēšāṯˈô מַחֲרֵשָׁה ploughshare
13:20. descendebat ergo omnis Israhel ad Philisthim ut exacueret unusquisque vomerem suum et ligonem et securim et sarculum
So all Israel went down to the Philistines, to sharpen every man his ploughshare, and his spade, and his axe, and his rake.
13:20. Therefore, all of Israel descended to the Philistines, so that each man could sharpen his plowshare, or pick axe, or hatchet, or hoe.
13:20. But all the Israelites went down to the Philistines, to sharpen every man his share, and his coulter, and his axe, and his mattock.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:20: But all the Israelites went down to the Philistines - We find from this that they did not grant them as much as Porsenna did to the Romans; he permitted the people to manufacture the implements of husbandry.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:21
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:20: The best rendering of the passage is perhaps as follows: "But all the Israelites went down to the Philistines to sharpen etc. Sa1 13:21, whenever there was bluntness of edge to their shares and coulters and prong-forks and axes, and to point their goads." Coulters and mattocks were cutting instruments of the type of the share.
John Gill
But all the Israelites went down to the Philistines,.... Were obliged to go into Palestine, into some one or other of the cities of the Philistines, or to their garrisons, where the trade of a smith was exercised:
to sharpen every man his share, and his coulter; which are the parts of the plough made of iron, with which the earth is cut and thrown up:
and his axe and his mattock; or pick axe; with the one wood is felled and cut, and with the other stones are dug; and each of these for their several uses needed sharpening; and when they did, they were obliged to go to the Philistines to have them done, they having no smiths among them.
John Wesley
Philistines - Not to the land of the Philistines, but to the stations and garrisons which the Philistines retained in several parts of Israel's land, though Samuel's authority had so far over - awed them, that they durst not give the Israelites much disturbance. In these, therefore, the Philistines kept all the smiths; and here they allowed them the exercise of their art for the uses following.
13:2113:21: Եւ էին կութք պատրա՛ստ հնձելոյ. եւ կահին՝ երեք սկեղք էին խոփոյ եւ կացնոյ եւ մանգաղի յա՛րգ հանգոյն նմին[2955]։ [2955] Ոմանք. Եւ կացնոյ եւ մանգաղոյ։
21 Այգեկութի ժամանակ էր, եւ ամէն մի գործիքի արժէքը երեք սիկղ էր: Խոփի, կացնի եւ մանգաղի գինը նոյնն էր:
21 Բայց բրիչներուն, խոփերուն, եռաժանի գործիքներուն ու տապարներուն համար եւ խթանները սրելու համար խարտոցներ ունէին։
Եւ էին կութք պատրաստ հնձելոյ, եւ կահին երեք սկեղք էին` խոփոյ եւ կացնոյ եւ մանգաղի յարգ հանգոյն նմին:

13:21: Եւ էին կութք պատրա՛ստ հնձելոյ. եւ կահին՝ երեք սկեղք էին խոփոյ եւ կացնոյ եւ մանգաղի յա՛րգ հանգոյն նմին[2955]։
[2955] Ոմանք. Եւ կացնոյ եւ մանգաղոյ։
21 Այգեկութի ժամանակ էր, եւ ամէն մի գործիքի արժէքը երեք սիկղ էր: Խոփի, կացնի եւ մանգաղի գինը նոյնն էր:
21 Բայց բրիչներուն, խոփերուն, եռաժանի գործիքներուն ու տապարներուն համար եւ խթանները սրելու համար խարտոցներ ունէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2113:21 когда сделается щербина на острие у сошников, и у заступов, и у вил, и у топоров, или нужно рожон поправить.
13:22 καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the ἡμέραις ημερα day τοῦ ο the πολέμου πολεμος battle Μαχεμας μαχεμας and; even οὐχ ου not εὑρέθη ευρισκω find ῥομφαία ρομφαια broadsword καὶ και and; even δόρυ δορυ in χειρὶ χειρ hand παντὸς πας all; every τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population τοῦ ο the μετὰ μετα with; amid Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul καὶ και and; even μετὰ μετα with; amid Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν and; even εὑρέθη ευρισκω find τῷ ο the Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν son αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:21 וְֽ wᵊˈ וְ and הָיְתָ֞ה hāyᵊṯˈā היה be הַ ha הַ the פְּצִ֣ירָה ppᵊṣˈîrā פְּצִירָה sharpening פִ֗ים fˈîm פִּים pim לַ la לְ to † הַ the מַּֽחֲרֵשֹׁת֙ mmˈaḥᵃrēšōṯ מַחֲרֵשָׁה ploughshare וְ wᵊ וְ and לָ֣ lˈā לְ to † הַ the אֵתִ֔ים ʔēṯˈîm אֵת ploughshare וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to שְׁלֹ֥שׁ šᵊlˌōš שָׁלֹשׁ three קִלְּשֹׁ֖ון qillᵊšˌôn קִלְּשֹׁון trident וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to הַ ha הַ the קַּרְדֻּמִּ֑ים qqardummˈîm קַרְדֹּם axe וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to הַצִּ֖יב haṣṣˌîv נצב stand הַ ha הַ the דָּרְבָֽן׃ ddārᵊvˈān דָּרְבָן point
13:21. retunsae itaque erant acies vomerum et ligonum et tridentum et securium usque ad stimulum corrigendumSo that their shares, and their spades, and their forks, and their axes, were blunt, even to the goad, which was to be mended.
21. yet they had a file for the mattocks, and for the coulters, and for the forks, and for the axes; and to set the goads.
13:21. For their plow blades, and pick axes, and pitch forks, and axes had become blunt, and even the handles needed to be repaired.
13:21. Yet they had a file for the mattocks, and for the coulters, and for the forks, and for the axes, and to sharpen the goads.
Yet they had a file for the mattocks, and for the coulters, and for the forks, and for the axes, and to sharpen the goads:

13:21 когда сделается щербина на острие у сошников, и у заступов, и у вил, и у топоров, или нужно рожон поправить.
13:22
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
ἡμέραις ημερα day
τοῦ ο the
πολέμου πολεμος battle
Μαχεμας μαχεμας and; even
οὐχ ου not
εὑρέθη ευρισκω find
ῥομφαία ρομφαια broadsword
καὶ και and; even
δόρυ δορυ in
χειρὶ χειρ hand
παντὸς πας all; every
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
τοῦ ο the
μετὰ μετα with; amid
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
καὶ και and; even
μετὰ μετα with; amid
Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν and; even
εὑρέθη ευρισκω find
τῷ ο the
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν son
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
13:21
וְֽ wᵊˈ וְ and
הָיְתָ֞ה hāyᵊṯˈā היה be
הַ ha הַ the
פְּצִ֣ירָה ppᵊṣˈîrā פְּצִירָה sharpening
פִ֗ים fˈîm פִּים pim
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מַּֽחֲרֵשֹׁת֙ mmˈaḥᵃrēšōṯ מַחֲרֵשָׁה ploughshare
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לָ֣ lˈā לְ to
הַ the
אֵתִ֔ים ʔēṯˈîm אֵת ploughshare
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
שְׁלֹ֥שׁ šᵊlˌōš שָׁלֹשׁ three
קִלְּשֹׁ֖ון qillᵊšˌôn קִלְּשֹׁון trident
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הַ ha הַ the
קַּרְדֻּמִּ֑ים qqardummˈîm קַרְדֹּם axe
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הַצִּ֖יב haṣṣˌîv נצב stand
הַ ha הַ the
דָּרְבָֽן׃ ddārᵊvˈān דָּרְבָן point
13:21. retunsae itaque erant acies vomerum et ligonum et tridentum et securium usque ad stimulum corrigendum
So that their shares, and their spades, and their forks, and their axes, were blunt, even to the goad, which was to be mended.
13:21. For their plow blades, and pick axes, and pitch forks, and axes had become blunt, and even the handles needed to be repaired.
13:21. Yet they had a file for the mattocks, and for the coulters, and for the forks, and for the axes, and to sharpen the goads.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:21: Yet they had a file - The Hebrew פצירה petsirah, from פצר patsar, to rub hard, is translated very differently by the versions and by critics. Our translation may be as likely as any: they permitted them the use of files, (I believe the word means grindstone), to restore the blunted edges of their tridents, axes, and goads.
1 Kings (1 Samuel) 13:22
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:21: a file: Heb. a file with mouths
sharpen: Heb. set, Sa1 13:21
John Gill
Yet they had a file for the mattocks, and for the coulters, and for the forks, and for the axes,.... Those that would not go to the Philistines, or were not able, or thought it too much trouble, these kept files by them to sharpen those several instruments with upon occasion; though the words are by some rendered in connection with the preceding, to this sense, that they went to the Philistines to sharpen them, when the mouths, or edges, of the mattocks, coulters, &c. were dull; or "blunt" (i); and so needed sharpening; and even
to sharpen the goads; with which they pricked and pushed on the oxen in ploughing, when sluggish and remiss. (The word for "file" in the verse is "pim", and occurs only here in the Hebrew scriptures. It is not used elsewhere in other Hebrew writings. Therefore the translators of the 1611 Authorised Version had only the root derivation to deduce what the word meant. Literally, it means "a file with mouths". However, recently archaeologists have found a stone inscribed with this word. Also they found a stone inscribed with the word "shekel". Hence they deduced that the word was really a weight of measure equal to about one third of a shekel. Newer translations usually translate this as "the charge was a third of a shekel ...", hence removing the obvious contradiction between this verse and the preceding one. Editor.)
(i) "retusae itaque erant acies vomerum", V. L. "quandoquidem acies cultrorum aratri", &c. "obtusae erant", Tigurine version.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Yet they had a file--as a kind of privilege, for the purpose of sharpening sundry smaller utensils of husbandry.
13:2213:22: Եւ եղեւ յաւուրս պատերազմին որ ՚ի Մաքմաս. եւ ո՛չ գտանէր սուսեր եւ գեղարդն ՚ի ձեռին ամենայն ժողովրդեանն՝ որ էին ընդ Սաւուղա՛յ եւ ընդ Յովնաթանու որդւոյ նորա. եւ գտա՛ւ Սաւուղայ եւ Յովնաթանու որդւոյ նորա[2956]։ [2956] Ոսկան յաւելու. Եւ գտաւ միայն Սաւուղայ եւ Յովնաթանու։
22 Այնպէս պատահեց, որ Մաքմասում պատերազմի օրերին Սաւուղի եւ նրա որդի Յովնաթանի հետ եղած մարդկանց ձեռքին սուր կամ գեղարդ չկար: Զէնք կար միայն Սաւուղի ու նրա որդի Յովնաթանի մօտ:
22 Այնպէս որ պատերազմին օրը՝ Սաւուղի ու Յովնաթանի հետ եղող բոլոր ժողովուրդին ձեռքը սուր կամ նիզակ չէր գտնուեր. միայն Սաւուղի ու անոր որդիին Յովնաթանի քով կը գտնուէր։
Եւ եղեւ յաւուրս պատերազմին [256]որ ի Մաքմաս`` եւ ոչ գտանէր սուսեր եւ գեղարդն ի ձեռին ամենայն ժողովրդեանն որ էին ընդ Սաւուղայ եւ ընդ Յովնաթանու [257]որդւոյ նորա``. եւ գտաւ Սաւուղայ եւ Յովնաթանու որդւոյ նորա:

13:22: Եւ եղեւ յաւուրս պատերազմին որ ՚ի Մաքմաս. եւ ո՛չ գտանէր սուսեր եւ գեղարդն ՚ի ձեռին ամենայն ժողովրդեանն՝ որ էին ընդ Սաւուղա՛յ եւ ընդ Յովնաթանու որդւոյ նորա. եւ գտա՛ւ Սաւուղայ եւ Յովնաթանու որդւոյ նորա[2956]։
[2956] Ոսկան յաւելու. Եւ գտաւ միայն Սաւուղայ եւ Յովնաթանու։
22 Այնպէս պատահեց, որ Մաքմասում պատերազմի օրերին Սաւուղի եւ նրա որդի Յովնաթանի հետ եղած մարդկանց ձեռքին սուր կամ գեղարդ չկար: Զէնք կար միայն Սաւուղի ու նրա որդի Յովնաթանի մօտ:
22 Այնպէս որ պատերազմին օրը՝ Սաւուղի ու Յովնաթանի հետ եղող բոլոր ժողովուրդին ձեռքը սուր կամ նիզակ չէր գտնուեր. միայն Սաւուղի ու անոր որդիին Յովնաթանի քով կը գտնուէր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2213:22 Поэтому во время войны [Михмасской] не было ни меча, ни копья у всего народа, бывшего с Саулом и Ионафаном, а {только} нашлись они у Саула и Ионафана, сына его.
13:23 καὶ και and; even ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out ἐξ εκ from; out of ὑποστάσεως υποστασις essence; substructure τῶν ο the ἀλλοφύλων αλλοφυλος foreigner τὴν ο the ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side Μαχεμας μαχεμας Machemas; Makhemas
13:22 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָה֙ hāyˌā היה be בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day מִלְחֶ֔מֶת milḥˈemeṯ מִלְחֶמֶת war וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֨א lˌō לֹא not נִמְצָ֜א nimṣˈā מצא find חֶ֤רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger וַ wa וְ and חֲנִית֙ ḥᵃnîṯ חֲנִית spear בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with שָׁא֖וּל šāʔˌûl שָׁאוּל Saul וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with יֹונָתָ֑ן yônāṯˈān יֹונָתָן Jonathan וַ wa וְ and תִּמָּצֵ֣א ttimmāṣˈē מצא find לְ lᵊ לְ to שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to יֹונָתָ֖ן yônāṯˌān יֹונָתָן Jonathan בְּנֹֽו׃ bᵊnˈô בֵּן son
13:22. cumque venisset dies proelii non est inventus ensis et lancea in manu totius populi qui erat cum Saul et cum Ionathan excepto Saul et Ionathan filio eiusAnd when the day of battle was come, there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that were with Saul and Jonathan, except Saul and Jonathan his son.
22. So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that were with Saul and Jonathan: but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found.
13:22. And when the day of battle had arrived, there was found neither sword nor spear in the hand of the entire people who were with Saul and Jonathan, except for Saul and his son Jonathan.
13:22. So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that [were] with Saul and Jonathan: but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found.
So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that [were] with Saul and Jonathan: but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found:

13:22 Поэтому во время войны [Михмасской] не было ни меча, ни копья у всего народа, бывшего с Саулом и Ионафаном, а {только} нашлись они у Саула и Ионафана, сына его.
13:23
καὶ και and; even
ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ὑποστάσεως υποστασις essence; substructure
τῶν ο the
ἀλλοφύλων αλλοφυλος foreigner
τὴν ο the
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
Μαχεμας μαχεμας Machemas; Makhemas
13:22
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָה֙ hāyˌā היה be
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day
מִלְחֶ֔מֶת milḥˈemeṯ מִלְחֶמֶת war
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֨א lˌō לֹא not
נִמְצָ֜א nimṣˈā מצא find
חֶ֤רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
וַ wa וְ and
חֲנִית֙ ḥᵃnîṯ חֲנִית spear
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
שָׁא֖וּל šāʔˌûl שָׁאוּל Saul
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
יֹונָתָ֑ן yônāṯˈān יֹונָתָן Jonathan
וַ wa וְ and
תִּמָּצֵ֣א ttimmāṣˈē מצא find
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יֹונָתָ֖ן yônāṯˌān יֹונָתָן Jonathan
בְּנֹֽו׃ bᵊnˈô בֵּן son
13:22. cumque venisset dies proelii non est inventus ensis et lancea in manu totius populi qui erat cum Saul et cum Ionathan excepto Saul et Ionathan filio eius
And when the day of battle was come, there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that were with Saul and Jonathan, except Saul and Jonathan his son.
13:22. And when the day of battle had arrived, there was found neither sword nor spear in the hand of the entire people who were with Saul and Jonathan, except for Saul and his son Jonathan.
13:22. So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that [were] with Saul and Jonathan: but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
13:22: In the day of battle - these was neither sword nor spear - But if the Israelites enjoyed such profound peace and undisturbed dominion under Samuel, how is it that they were totally destitute of arms, a state which argues the lowest circumstances of oppression and vassalage? In answer to this we may observe, that the bow and the sling were the principal arms of the Israelites; for these they needed no smith: the most barbarous nations, who have never seen iron, have nevertheless bows and arrows; the arrow heads generally made of flint. Arrows of this kind are found among the inhabitants of the South Sea islands; and even axes, and different implements of war, all made of stone, cut and polished by stone, are frequent among them. The arms of the aboriginal Irish have been of this kind. I have frequently seen heads of axes and arrows of stone, which have been dug up out of the ground, formed with considerable taste and elegance. The former the common people term thunderbolts; the latter, elf-stones. Several of these from Ireland, from Zetland, and from the South Sea islands, are now before me.
Now it is possible that the Israelites had still bows and arrows: these they could have without the smith; and it is as likely that they had slings, and for these they needed none. But then these were missiles; if they came into close fight, they would avail them nothing: for attacks of this kind they would require swords and spears; of these none were found but with Saul and Jonathan.
We see, in this chapter, Israel brought to as low a state as they were under Eli; when they were totally discomfited, their priests slain, their ark taken, and the judge dead. After that, they rose by the strong hand of God; and in this way they are now to rise, principally by means of David, whose history will soon commence.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:22: This seems to be mentioned here, in anticipation of the narrative in the next chapter, to enhance the victory gained, through God's help Sa1 14:23, by the comparatively unarmed Israelites over their enemies. What with occasional skirmishes with the Philistines, the necessity of using their arms for domestic purposes, accidental losses, and the ordinary wear and tear, coupled with the impossibility of renewing their arms from the want of smiths and forges, the people that were with Saul and Jonathan came to be very imperfectly armed. It has been observed, moreover, that the Benjamites were more famous for the use of the sling than for any other weapon Jdg 20:16, and this would be an additional cause of the paucity of swords and spears.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:22: there was neither: Sa1 17:47, Sa1 17:50; Jdg 5:8; Zac 4:6; Co1 1:27-29; Co2 4:7
Geneva 1599
So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither (n) sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that [were] with Saul and Jonathan: but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found.
(n) To declare that the victory only came from God, and not by their force.
John Gill
So it came to pass in the day of battle,.... When that drew near, and they were called to it, and obliged to fight or flee, or surrender:
that there were neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that were with Saul and Jonathan: which was not owing to their leaving them behind in the camp, or casting them away from them through fear, as they followed Saul with trembling, but to the cause now mentioned. In what manner some preceding battles were fought with the Philistines and Ammonites, notwithstanding, have been accounted for on 1Kings 13:19, but it is strange that the Israelites did not furnish themselves with the arms of the Philistines at the defeat of them in Ebenezer, 1Kings 7:10 and with the arms of the Ammonites at Jabeshgilead, 1Kings 11:11 and that such a warlike prince as Saul appeared at his first setting out to be should not in the first place take care to provide armour for his men by some means or another; for that those that left him should have arms, and not those that abode with him, does not seem reasonable. It may be the Benjamites, being expert in slinging, were indifferent to and neglected the use of any other weapon, or method of fighting:
but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found; swords and spears, and with them only.
John Wesley
Sword - It seems restrained to the six hundred that were with Saul and Jonathan; for there were no doubt a considerable number of swords and spears among the Israelites, but they generally hid them, as now they did their persons, from the Philistines. And the Philistines had not yet attained to so great a power over them, as wholly to disarm them, but thought it sufficient to prevent the making of new arms; knowing that the old ones would shortly be decayed, and useless. There were likewise other arms more common in those times and places, than swords and spears; to wit, bows and arrows, and slings and stones.
13:2313:23: Եւ ել ՚ի ճամբա՛ր այլազգեացն յա՛յնկոյս Մաքմասայ. եւ հօր իւրում ո՛չ եհան ՚ի վեր։
23 Այլազգիների բանակից մի գունդ եկաւ, որ անցնի Մաքմասից այն կողմ, իսկ իր հօր համար վեր չհանեց[15]:[15] 15. Իսկ իր հօր համար վեր չհանեց հատուածը ոչ միայն անիմաստ է, այլեւ չկայ միւս, անգամ յունարէն բնագրերում:
23 Ու Փղշտացիներու պահապան զօրքը Մաքմասի կիրճը ելան։
Եւ ել [258]ի ճամբար այլազգեացն յայնկոյս Մաքմասայ. եւ հօր իւրում ոչ եհան ի վեր:

13:23: Եւ ել ՚ի ճամբա՛ր այլազգեացն յա՛յնկոյս Մաքմասայ. եւ հօր իւրում ո՛չ եհան ՚ի վեր։
23 Այլազգիների բանակից մի գունդ եկաւ, որ անցնի Մաքմասից այն կողմ, իսկ իր հօր համար վեր չհանեց[15]:
[15] 15. Իսկ իր հօր համար վեր չհանեց հատուածը ոչ միայն անիմաստ է, այլեւ չկայ միւս, անգամ յունարէն բնագրերում:
23 Ու Փղշտացիներու պահապան զօրքը Մաքմասի կիրճը ելան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
13:2313:23 И вышел передовой отряд Филистимский к переправе Михмасской.
13:23 וַ wa וְ and יֵּצֵא֙ yyēṣˌē יצא go out מַצַּ֣ב maṣṣˈav מַצָּב standing place פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים pᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to מַעֲבַ֖ר maʕᵃvˌar מַעֲבָר sweep מִכְמָֽשׂ׃ ס miḵmˈāś . s מִכְמָשׂ Micmash
13:23. egressa est autem statio Philisthim ut transcenderet in MachmasAnd the army of the Philistines went out in order to advance further in Machmas.
23. And the garrison of the Philistines went out unto the pass of Michmash.
13:23. Then the army of the Philistines went out in order to go across Michmash.
13:23. And the garrison of the Philistines went out to the passage of Michmash.
And the garrison of the Philistines went out to the passage of Michmash:

13:23 И вышел передовой отряд Филистимский к переправе Михмасской.
13:23
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּצֵא֙ yyēṣˌē יצא go out
מַצַּ֣ב maṣṣˈav מַצָּב standing place
פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים pᵊlištˈîm פְּלִשְׁתִּי Philistine
אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to
מַעֲבַ֖ר maʕᵃvˌar מַעֲבָר sweep
מִכְמָֽשׂ׃ ס miḵmˈāś . s מִכְמָשׂ Micmash
13:23. egressa est autem statio Philisthim ut transcenderet in Machmas
And the army of the Philistines went out in order to advance further in Machmas.
13:23. Then the army of the Philistines went out in order to go across Michmash.
13:23. And the garrison of the Philistines went out to the passage of Michmash.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
13:23: The passage of Michmash - The steep and precipitous path from Michmash to Geba, over the valley of Suweinit. The same term is used in Isa 10:28-29, where the march of the Assyrian army is described.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
13:23: garrison: or, standing camp, Sa1 13:3, Sa1 14:4
passage: Sa1 13:2, Sa1 13:5, Sa1 14:1, Sa1 14:4, Sa1 14:5; Isa 10:28
Next: 1 Kings (1 Samuel) Chapter 14
John Gill
And the garrison of the Philistines went out to the passage of Michmash. According to Jarchi, these two places, Michmash where the Philistines were, and Gibeah where Saul and Jonathan were, lay on two hills over against each other, and there was a valley between them; and the garrison of the Philistines drew nigh to the passage of Michmash, which led to the side of Gibeah, to the valley between them, either with an intention to besiege Gibeah, or to dare Israel to come out and fight them: but rather it seems to be some strong pass between the rocks near Michmash, where the garrison placed themselves to guard and keep against any sudden surprise; see 1Kings 14:4. The Targum is,"the governor of the Philistines went out to the ford or passage of Michmash;''and Kimchi interprets it of the princes or generals of the army; these might go to mark out a camp, and pitch upon a proper place to draw up in a line of battle.